From 0ddd521fa7d59d0651a90e92b7174d042cd83d4a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Perry Hung Date: Tue, 30 Mar 2010 22:59:55 -0400 Subject: Delete STM32 Standard Peripheral Library. --- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_adc.c | 1402 ----------------- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_bkp.c | 272 ---- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_can.c | 907 ----------- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_crc.c | 114 -- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dac.c | 389 ----- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c | 97 -- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dma.c | 678 -------- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_exti.c | 219 --- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_flash.c | 916 ----------- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_fsmc.c | 861 ---------- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_gpio.c | 583 ------- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_i2c.c | 1216 -------------- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_iwdg.c | 148 -- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_lib.c | 303 ---- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_nvic.c | 751 --------- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_pwr.c | 280 ---- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_rcc.c | 1104 ------------- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_rtc.c | 320 ---- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_sdio.c | 832 ---------- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_spi.c | 863 ---------- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_systick.c | 181 --- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_tim.c | 3219 -------------------------------------- stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_usart.c | 1001 ------------ stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_wwdg.c | 185 --- 24 files changed, 16841 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_adc.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_bkp.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_can.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_crc.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dac.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dma.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_exti.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_flash.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_fsmc.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_gpio.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_i2c.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_iwdg.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_lib.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_nvic.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_pwr.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_rcc.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_rtc.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_sdio.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_spi.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_systick.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_tim.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_usart.c delete mode 100644 stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_wwdg.c (limited to 'stm32lib/src') diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_adc.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_adc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 413c920..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_adc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1402 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_adc.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the ADC firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_adc.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* ADC DISCNUM mask */ -#define CR1_DISCNUM_Reset ((u32)0xFFFF1FFF) - -/* ADC DISCEN mask */ -#define CR1_DISCEN_Set ((u32)0x00000800) -#define CR1_DISCEN_Reset ((u32)0xFFFFF7FF) - -/* ADC JAUTO mask */ -#define CR1_JAUTO_Set ((u32)0x00000400) -#define CR1_JAUTO_Reset ((u32)0xFFFFFBFF) - -/* ADC JDISCEN mask */ -#define CR1_JDISCEN_Set ((u32)0x00001000) -#define CR1_JDISCEN_Reset ((u32)0xFFFFEFFF) - -/* ADC AWDCH mask */ -#define CR1_AWDCH_Reset ((u32)0xFFFFFFE0) - -/* ADC Analog watchdog enable mode mask */ -#define CR1_AWDMode_Reset ((u32)0xFF3FFDFF) - -/* CR1 register Mask */ -#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask ((u32)0xFFF0FEFF) - -/* ADC ADON mask */ -#define CR2_ADON_Set ((u32)0x00000001) -#define CR2_ADON_Reset ((u32)0xFFFFFFFE) - -/* ADC DMA mask */ -#define CR2_DMA_Set ((u32)0x00000100) -#define CR2_DMA_Reset ((u32)0xFFFFFEFF) - -/* ADC RSTCAL mask */ -#define CR2_RSTCAL_Set ((u32)0x00000008) - -/* ADC CAL mask */ -#define CR2_CAL_Set ((u32)0x00000004) - -/* ADC SWSTART mask */ -#define CR2_SWSTART_Set ((u32)0x00400000) - -/* ADC EXTTRIG mask */ -#define CR2_EXTTRIG_Set ((u32)0x00100000) -#define CR2_EXTTRIG_Reset ((u32)0xFFEFFFFF) - -/* ADC Software start mask */ -#define CR2_EXTTRIG_SWSTART_Set ((u32)0x00500000) -#define CR2_EXTTRIG_SWSTART_Reset ((u32)0xFFAFFFFF) - -/* ADC JEXTSEL mask */ -#define CR2_JEXTSEL_Reset ((u32)0xFFFF8FFF) - -/* ADC JEXTTRIG mask */ -#define CR2_JEXTTRIG_Set ((u32)0x00008000) -#define CR2_JEXTTRIG_Reset ((u32)0xFFFF7FFF) - -/* ADC JSWSTART mask */ -#define CR2_JSWSTART_Set ((u32)0x00200000) - -/* ADC injected software start mask */ -#define CR2_JEXTTRIG_JSWSTART_Set ((u32)0x00208000) -#define CR2_JEXTTRIG_JSWSTART_Reset ((u32)0xFFDF7FFF) - -/* ADC TSPD mask */ -#define CR2_TSVREFE_Set ((u32)0x00800000) -#define CR2_TSVREFE_Reset ((u32)0xFF7FFFFF) - -/* CR2 register Mask */ -#define CR2_CLEAR_Mask ((u32)0xFFF1F7FD) - -/* ADC SQx mask */ -#define SQR3_SQ_Set ((u32)0x0000001F) -#define SQR2_SQ_Set ((u32)0x0000001F) -#define SQR1_SQ_Set ((u32)0x0000001F) - -/* SQR1 register Mask */ -#define SQR1_CLEAR_Mask ((u32)0xFF0FFFFF) - -/* ADC JSQx mask */ -#define JSQR_JSQ_Set ((u32)0x0000001F) - -/* ADC JL mask */ -#define JSQR_JL_Set ((u32)0x00300000) -#define JSQR_JL_Reset ((u32)0xFFCFFFFF) - -/* ADC SMPx mask */ -#define SMPR1_SMP_Set ((u32)0x00000007) -#define SMPR2_SMP_Set ((u32)0x00000007) - -/* ADC JDRx registers offset */ -#define JDR_Offset ((u8)0x28) - -/* ADC1 DR register base address */ -#define DR_ADDRESS ((u32)0x4001244C) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the ADCx peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - - switch (*(u32*)&ADCx) - { - case ADC1_BASE: - /* Enable ADC1 reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, ENABLE); - /* Release ADC1 from reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, DISABLE); - break; - - case ADC2_BASE: - /* Enable ADC2 reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2, ENABLE); - /* Release ADC2 from reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2, DISABLE); - break; - - case ADC3_BASE: - /* Enable ADC3 reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3, ENABLE); - /* Release ADC3 from reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3, DISABLE); - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_Init -* Description : Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters -* in the ADC_InitStruct. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure that -* contains the configuration information for the specified -* ADC peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) -{ - u32 tmpreg1 = 0; - u8 tmpreg2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfChannel)); - - /*---------------------------- ADCx CR1 Configuration -----------------*/ - /* Get the ADCx CR1 value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; - /* Clear DUALMOD and SCAN bits */ - tmpreg1 &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask; - /* Configure ADCx: Dual mode and scan conversion mode */ - /* Set DUALMOD bits according to ADC_Mode value */ - /* Set SCAN bit according to ADC_ScanConvMode value */ - tmpreg1 |= (u32)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Mode | ((u32)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode << 8)); - /* Write to ADCx CR1 */ - ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; - - /*---------------------------- ADCx CR2 Configuration -----------------*/ - /* Get the ADCx CR2 value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR2; - /* Clear CONT, ALIGN and EXTSEL bits */ - tmpreg1 &= CR2_CLEAR_Mask; - /* Configure ADCx: external trigger event and continuous conversion mode */ - /* Set ALIGN bit according to ADC_DataAlign value */ - /* Set EXTSEL bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConv value */ - /* Set CONT bit according to ADC_ContinuousConvMode value */ - tmpreg1 |= (u32)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign | ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv | - ((u32)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode << 1)); - /* Write to ADCx CR2 */ - ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg1; - - /*---------------------------- ADCx SQR1 Configuration -----------------*/ - /* Get the ADCx SQR1 value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; - /* Clear L bits */ - tmpreg1 &= SQR1_CLEAR_Mask; - /* Configure ADCx: regular channel sequence length */ - /* Set L bits according to ADC_NbrOfChannel value */ - tmpreg2 |= (ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfChannel - 1); - tmpreg1 |= ((u32)tmpreg2 << 20); - /* Write to ADCx SQR1 */ - ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_StructInit -* Description : Fills each ADC_InitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : ADC_InitStruct : pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure -* which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) -{ - /* Reset ADC init structure parameters values */ - /* Initialize the ADC_Mode member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Mode = ADC_Mode_Independent; - - /* initialize the ADC_ScanConvMode member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the ADC_ContinuousConvMode member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConv member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv = ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1; - - /* Initialize the ADC_DataAlign member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign = ADC_DataAlign_Right; - - /* Initialize the ADC_NbrOfChannel member */ - ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfChannel = 1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_Cmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified ADC peripheral. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the ADCx peripheral. This parameter -* can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the ADON bit to wake up the ADC from power down mode */ - ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_ADON_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC peripheral */ - ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_ADON_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_DMACmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified ADC DMA request. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* Note: ADC2 hasn't a DMA capability. -* - NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA transfer. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request */ - ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_DMA_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request */ - ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_DMA_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified ADC interrupts. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt sources to be enabled -* or disabled. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask -* - ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask -* - ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask -* - NewState: new state of the specified ADC interrupts. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u16 ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - u8 itmask = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); - - /* Get the ADC IT index */ - itmask = (u8)ADC_IT; - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC interrupts */ - ADCx->CR1 |= itmask; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC interrupts */ - ADCx->CR1 &= (~(u32)itmask); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_ResetCalibration -* Description : Resets the selected ADC calibration registers. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_ResetCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - - /* Resets the selected ADC calibartion registers */ - ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_RSTCAL_Set; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_GetResetCalibrationStatus -* Description : Gets the selected ADC reset calibration registers status. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of ADC reset calibration registers (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus ADC_GetResetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - - /* Check the status of RSTCAL bit */ - if ((ADCx->CR2 & CR2_RSTCAL_Set) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* RSTCAL bit is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* RSTCAL bit is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the RSTCAL bit status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_StartCalibration -* Description : Starts the selected ADC calibration process. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_StartCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - - /* Enable the selected ADC calibration process */ - ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_CAL_Set; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_GetCalibrationStatus -* Description : Gets the selected ADC calibration status. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of ADC calibration (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - - /* Check the status of CAL bit */ - if ((ADCx->CR2 & CR2_CAL_Set) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* CAL bit is set: calibration on going */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CAL bit is reset: end of calibration */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the CAL bit status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_SoftwareStartConvCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the selected ADC software start conversion . -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the selected ADC software start conversion. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_SoftwareStartConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC conversion on external event and start the selected - ADC conversion */ - ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_EXTTRIG_SWSTART_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event and stop the selected - ADC conversion */ - ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_EXTTRIG_SWSTART_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus -* Description : Gets the selected ADC Software start conversion Status. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of ADC software start conversion (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - - /* Check the status of SWSTART bit */ - if ((ADCx->CR2 & CR2_SWSTART_Set) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* SWSTART bit is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* SWSTART bit is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the SWSTART bit status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig -* Description : Configures the discontinuous mode for the selected ADC regular -* group channel. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - Number: specifies the discontinuous mode regular channel -* count value. This number must be between 1 and 8. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u8 Number) -{ - u32 tmpreg1 = 0; - u32 tmpreg2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(Number)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; - /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */ - tmpreg1 &= CR1_DISCNUM_Reset; - /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */ - tmpreg2 = Number - 1; - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 13; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_DiscModeCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the discontinuous mode on regular group -* channel for the specified ADC -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode -* on regular group channel. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ - ADCx->CR1 |= CR1_DISCEN_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ - ADCx->CR1 &= CR1_DISCEN_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_RegularChannelConfig -* Description : Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding -* rank in the sequencer and its sample time. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected -* - ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected -* - ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected -* - ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected -* - ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected -* - ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected -* - ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected -* - ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected -* - ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected -* - ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected -* - ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected -* - ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected -* - ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected -* - ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected -* - ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected -* - ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected -* - ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected -* - ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected -* - Rank: The rank in the regular group sequencer. This parameter -* must be between 1 to 16. -* - ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the -* selected channel. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5: Sample time equal to 1.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5: Sample time equal to 7.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5: Sample time equal to 13.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5: Sample time equal to 28.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5: Sample time equal to 41.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5: Sample time equal to 55.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5: Sample time equal to 71.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5: Sample time equal to 239.5 cycles -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u8 ADC_Channel, u8 Rank, u8 ADC_SampleTime) -{ - u32 tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(Rank)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); - - /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_17 is selected */ - if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_Set << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); - /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (u32)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); - /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; - } - else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_Set << (3 * ADC_Channel); - /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (u32)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); - /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; - } - /* For Rank 1 to 6 */ - if (Rank < 7) - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR3; - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SQR3_SQ_Set << (5 * (Rank - 1)); - /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (u32)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 1)); - /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SQR3 = tmpreg1; - } - /* For Rank 7 to 12 */ - else if (Rank < 13) - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR2; - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SQR2_SQ_Set << (5 * (Rank - 7)); - /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (u32)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 7)); - /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SQR2 = tmpreg1; - } - /* For Rank 13 to 16 */ - else - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SQR1_SQ_Set << (5 * (Rank - 13)); - /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (u32)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 13)); - /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_ExternalTrigConvCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the ADCx conversion through external trigger. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the selected ADC external trigger -* start of conversion. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_ExternalTrigConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC conversion on external event */ - ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_EXTTRIG_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event */ - ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_EXTTRIG_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_GetConversionValue -* Description : Returns the last ADCx conversion result data for regular channel. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : The Data conversion value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - - /* Return the selected ADC conversion value */ - return (u16) ADCx->DR; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_GetDualModeConversionValue -* Description : Returns the last ADC1 and ADC2 conversion result data in dual mode. -* Output : None -* Return : The Data conversion value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 ADC_GetDualModeConversionValue(void) -{ - /* Return the dual mode conversion value */ - return (*(vu32 *) DR_ADDRESS); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group -* conversion after regular one. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the selected ADC auto injected -* conversion -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ - ADCx->CR1 |= CR1_JAUTO_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ - ADCx->CR1 &= CR1_JAUTO_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the discontinuous mode for injected group -* channel for the specified ADC -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode -* on injected group channel. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ - ADCx->CR1 |= CR1_JDISCEN_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ - ADCx->CR1 &= CR1_JDISCEN_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig -* Description : Configures the ADCx external trigger for injected channels conversion. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv: specifies the ADC trigger to -* start injected conversion. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO: Timer1 TRGO event -* selected (for ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3) -* - ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4: Timer1 capture -* compare4 selected (for ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3) -* - ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO: Timer2 TRGO event -* selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) -* - ADC_External TrigInjecConv_T2_CC1: Timer2 capture -* compare1 selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) -* - ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4: Timer3 capture -* compare4 selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) -* - ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO: Timer4 TRGO event -* selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) -* - ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15_TIM8_CC4: External -* interrupt line 15 or Timer8 capture compare4 event selected -* (for ADC1 and ADC2) -* - ADC_External TrigInjecConv_T4_CC3: Timer4 capture -* compare3 selected (for ADC3 only) -* - ADC_External TrigInjecConv_T8_CC2: Timer8 capture -* compare2 selected (for ADC3 only) -* - ADC_External TrigInjecConv_T8_CC4: Timer8 capture -* compare4 selected (for ADC3 only) -* - ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO: Timer5 TRGO event -* selected (for ADC3 only) -* - ADC_External TrigInjecConv_T5_CC4: Timer5 capture -* compare4 selected (for ADC3 only) -* - ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_None: Injected conversion -* started by software and not by external trigger (for -* ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3) -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u32 ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = ADCx->CR2; - /* Clear the old external event selection for injected group */ - tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTSEL_Reset; - /* Set the external event selection for injected group */ - tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the ADCx injected channels conversion -* through external trigger -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the selected ADC external trigger -* start of injected conversion. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC external event selection for injected group */ - ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_JEXTTRIG_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC external event selection for injected group */ - ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_JEXTTRIG_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConvCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the selected ADC start of the injected -* channels conversion. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the selected ADC software start -* injected conversion. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for injected group on external event and start the selected - ADC injected conversion */ - ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_JEXTTRIG_JSWSTART_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event for injected group and stop the selected - ADC injected conversion */ - ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_JEXTTRIG_JSWSTART_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus -* Description : Gets the selected ADC Software start injected conversion Status. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of ADC software start injected conversion (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - - /* Check the status of JSWSTART bit */ - if ((ADCx->CR2 & CR2_JSWSTART_Set) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* JSWSTART bit is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* JSWSTART bit is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the JSWSTART bit status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_InjectedChannelConfig -* Description : Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding -* rank in the sequencer and its sample time. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected -* - ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected -* - ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected -* - ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected -* - ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected -* - ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected -* - ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected -* - ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected -* - ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected -* - ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected -* - ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected -* - ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected -* - ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected -* - ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected -* - ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected -* - ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected -* - ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected -* - ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected -* - Rank: The rank in the injected group sequencer. This parameter -* must be between 1 to 4. -* - ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the -* selected channel. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5: Sample time equal to 1.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5: Sample time equal to 7.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5: Sample time equal to 13.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5: Sample time equal to 28.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5: Sample time equal to 41.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5: Sample time equal to 55.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5: Sample time equal to 71.5 cycles -* - ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5: Sample time equal to 239.5 cycles -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u8 ADC_Channel, u8 Rank, u8 ADC_SampleTime) -{ - u32 tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0, tmpreg3 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(Rank)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); - - /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_17 is selected */ - if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_Set << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10)); - /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (u32)ADC_SampleTime << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10)); - /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; - } - else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ - { - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; - /* Calculate the mask to clear */ - tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_Set << (3 * ADC_Channel); - /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - /* Calculate the mask to set */ - tmpreg2 = (u32)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); - /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; - } - - /* Rank configuration */ - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; - /* Get JL value: Number = JL+1 */ - tmpreg3 = (tmpreg1 & JSQR_JL_Set)>> 20; - /* Calculate the mask to clear: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */ - tmpreg2 = JSQR_JSQ_Set << (5 * (u8)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); - /* Clear the old JSQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; - /* Calculate the mask to set: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */ - tmpreg2 = (u32)ADC_Channel << (5 * (u8)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); - /* Set the JSQx bits for the selected rank */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig -* Description : Configures the sequencer length for injected channels -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - Length: The sequencer length. -* This parameter must be a number between 1 to 4. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u8 Length) -{ - u32 tmpreg1 = 0; - u32 tmpreg2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(Length)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; - /* Clear the old injected sequnence lenght JL bits */ - tmpreg1 &= JSQR_JL_Reset; - /* Set the injected sequnence lenght JL bits */ - tmpreg2 = Length - 1; - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 20; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_SetInjectedOffset -* Description : Set the injected channels conversion value offset -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_InjectedChannel: the ADC injected channel to set its -* offset. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected -* - ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected -* - ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected -* - ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected -* - Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC injected channel -* This parameter must be a 12bit value. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u8 ADC_InjectedChannel, u16 Offset) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(Offset)); - - /* Set the selected injected channel data offset */ - *((vu32 *)((*(u32*)&ADCx) + ADC_InjectedChannel)) = (u32)Offset; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue -* Description : Returns the ADC injected channel conversion result -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_InjectedChannel: the converted ADC injected channel. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected -* - ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected -* - ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected -* - ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected -* Output : None -* Return : The Data conversion value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u8 ADC_InjectedChannel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); - - /* Returns the selected injected channel conversion data value */ - return (u16) (*(vu32*) (((*(u32*)&ADCx) + ADC_InjectedChannel + JDR_Offset))); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the analog watchdog on single/all regular -* or injected channels -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog: the ADC analog watchdog configuration. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable: Analog watchdog on -* a single regular channel -* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on -* a single injected channel -* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable: Analog -* watchdog on a single regular or injected channel -* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable: Analog watchdog on -* all regular channel -* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on -* all injected channel -* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog -* on all regular and injected channels -* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None: No channel guarded by the -* analog watchdog -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u32 ADC_AnalogWatchdog) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(ADC_AnalogWatchdog)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; - /* Clear AWDEN, AWDENJ and AWDSGL bits */ - tmpreg &= CR1_AWDMode_Reset; - /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */ - tmpreg |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig -* Description : Configures the high and low thresholds of the analog watchdog. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - HighThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. -* This parameter must be a 12bit value. -* - LowThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog Low threshold value. -* This parameter must be a 12bit value. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u16 HighThreshold, - u16 LowThreshold) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(HighThreshold)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(LowThreshold)); - - /* Set the ADCx high threshold */ - ADCx->HTR = HighThreshold; - /* Set the ADCx low threshold */ - ADCx->LTR = LowThreshold; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig -* Description : Configures the analog watchdog guarded single channel -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog -* watchdog. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected -* - ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected -* - ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected -* - ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected -* - ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected -* - ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected -* - ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected -* - ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected -* - ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected -* - ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected -* - ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected -* - ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected -* - ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected -* - ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected -* - ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected -* - ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected -* - ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected -* - ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u8 ADC_Channel) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; - /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */ - tmpreg &= CR1_AWDCH_Reset; - /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */ - tmpreg |= ADC_Channel; - /* Store the new register value */ - ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the temperature sensor. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ - ADC1->CR2 |= CR2_TSVREFE_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ - ADC1->CR2 &= CR2_TSVREFE_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified ADC flag is set or not. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag -* - ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag -* - ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag -* - ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag -* - ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of ADC_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u8 ADC_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); - - /* Check the status of the specified ADC flag */ - if ((ADCx->SR & ADC_FLAG) != (u8)RESET) - { - /* ADC_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* ADC_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the ADC_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the ADCx's pending flags. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag -* - ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag -* - ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag -* - ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag -* - ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u8 ADC_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the selected ADC flags */ - ADCx->SR = ~(u32)ADC_FLAG; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified ADC interrupt has occurred or not. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt source to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask -* - ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask -* - ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of ADC_IT (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u16 ADC_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - u32 itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_IT(ADC_IT)); - - /* Get the ADC IT index */ - itmask = ADC_IT >> 8; - - /* Get the ADC_IT enable bit status */ - enablestatus = (ADCx->CR1 & (u8)ADC_IT) ; - - /* Check the status of the specified ADC interrupt */ - if (((ADCx->SR & itmask) != (u32)RESET) && enablestatus) - { - /* ADC_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* ADC_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the ADC_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : ADC_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears the ADCx’s interrupt pending bits. -* Input : - ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. -* - ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt pending bit to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask -* - ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask -* - ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, u16 ADC_IT) -{ - u8 itmask = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); - assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); - - /* Get the ADC IT index */ - itmask = (u8)(ADC_IT >> 8); - - /* Clear the selected ADC interrupt pending bits */ - ADCx->SR = ~(u32)itmask; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_bkp.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_bkp.c deleted file mode 100644 index a6d3825..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_bkp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,272 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_bkp.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the BKP firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_bkp.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* ------------ BKP registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ -#define BKP_OFFSET (BKP_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) - -/* --- CR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of TPAL bit */ -#define CR_OFFSET (BKP_OFFSET + 0x30) -#define TPAL_BitNumber 0x01 -#define CR_TPAL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (TPAL_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of TPE bit */ -#define TPE_BitNumber 0x00 -#define CR_TPE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (TPE_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- CSR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of TPIE bit */ -#define CSR_OFFSET (BKP_OFFSET + 0x34) -#define TPIE_BitNumber 0x02 -#define CSR_TPIE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TPIE_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of TIF bit */ -#define TIF_BitNumber 0x09 -#define CSR_TIF_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TIF_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of TEF bit */ -#define TEF_BitNumber 0x08 -#define CSR_TEF_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TEF_BitNumber * 4)) - - -/* ---------------------- BKP registers bit mask ------------------------ */ -/* RTCCR register bit mask */ -#define RTCCR_CAL_Mask ((u16)0xFF80) -#define RTCCR_Mask ((u16)0xFC7F) - -/* CSR register bit mask */ -#define CSR_CTE_Set ((u16)0x0001) -#define CSR_CTI_Set ((u16)0x0002) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : BKP_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the BKP peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void BKP_DeInit(void) -{ - RCC_BackupResetCmd(ENABLE); - RCC_BackupResetCmd(DISABLE); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : BKP_TamperPinLevelConfig -* Description : Configures the Tamper Pin active level. -* Input : - BKP_TamperPinLevel: specifies the Tamper Pin active level. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - BKP_TamperPinLevel_High: Tamper pin active on high level -* - BKP_TamperPinLevel_Low: Tamper pin active on low level -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void BKP_TamperPinLevelConfig(u16 BKP_TamperPinLevel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_BKP_TAMPER_PIN_LEVEL(BKP_TamperPinLevel)); - - *(vu32 *) CR_TPAL_BB = BKP_TamperPinLevel; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : BKP_TamperPinCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the Tamper Pin activation. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the Tamper Pin activation. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void BKP_TamperPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CR_TPE_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : BKP_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the Tamper Pin Interrupt. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the Tamper Pin Interrupt. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void BKP_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CSR_TPIE_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : BKP_RTCOutputConfig -* Description : Select the RTC output source to output on the Tamper pin. -* Input : - BKP_RTCOutputSource: specifies the RTC output source. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - BKP_RTCOutputSource_None: no RTC output on the Tamper pin. -* - BKP_RTCOutputSource_CalibClock: output the RTC clock -* with frequency divided by 64 on the Tamper pin. -* - BKP_RTCOutputSource_Alarm: output the RTC Alarm pulse -* signal on the Tamper pin. -* - BKP_RTCOutputSource_Second: output the RTC Second pulse -* signal on the Tamper pin. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void BKP_RTCOutputConfig(u16 BKP_RTCOutputSource) -{ - u16 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_BKP_RTC_OUTPUT_SOURCE(BKP_RTCOutputSource)); - - tmpreg = BKP->RTCCR; - - /* Clear CCO, ASOE and ASOS bits */ - tmpreg &= RTCCR_Mask; - - /* Set CCO, ASOE and ASOS bits according to BKP_RTCOutputSource value */ - tmpreg |= BKP_RTCOutputSource; - - /* Store the new value */ - BKP->RTCCR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : BKP_SetRTCCalibrationValue -* Description : Sets RTC Clock Calibration value. -* Input : - CalibrationValue: specifies the RTC Clock Calibration value. -* This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x7F. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void BKP_SetRTCCalibrationValue(u8 CalibrationValue) -{ - u16 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_BKP_CALIBRATION_VALUE(CalibrationValue)); - - tmpreg = BKP->RTCCR; - - /* Clear CAL[6:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= RTCCR_CAL_Mask; - - /* Set CAL[6:0] bits according to CalibrationValue value */ - tmpreg |= CalibrationValue; - - /* Store the new value */ - BKP->RTCCR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : BKP_WriteBackupRegister -* Description : Writes user data to the specified Data Backup Register. -* Input : - BKP_DR: specifies the Data Backup Register. -* This parameter can be BKP_DRx where x:[1, 42] -* - Data: data to write -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void BKP_WriteBackupRegister(u16 BKP_DR, u16 Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_BKP_DR(BKP_DR)); - - *(vu16 *) (BKP_BASE + BKP_DR) = Data; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : BKP_ReadBackupRegister -* Description : Reads data from the specified Data Backup Register. -* Input : - BKP_DR: specifies the Data Backup Register. -* This parameter can be BKP_DRx where x:[1, 42] -* Output : None -* Return : The content of the specified Data Backup Register -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 BKP_ReadBackupRegister(u16 BKP_DR) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_BKP_DR(BKP_DR)); - - return (*(vu16 *) (BKP_BASE + BKP_DR)); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : BKP_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the Tamper Pin Event flag is set or not. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of the Tamper Pin Event flag (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus BKP_GetFlagStatus(void) -{ - return (FlagStatus)(*(vu32 *) CSR_TEF_BB); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : BKP_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears Tamper Pin Event pending flag. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void BKP_ClearFlag(void) -{ - /* Set CTE bit to clear Tamper Pin Event flag */ - BKP->CSR |= CSR_CTE_Set; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : BKP_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the Tamper Pin Interrupt has occurred or not. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of the Tamper Pin Interrupt (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus BKP_GetITStatus(void) -{ - return (ITStatus)(*(vu32 *) CSR_TIF_BB); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : BKP_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears Tamper Pin Interrupt pending bit. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void BKP_ClearITPendingBit(void) -{ - /* Set CTI bit to clear Tamper Pin Interrupt pending bit */ - BKP->CSR |= CSR_CTI_Set; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_can.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_can.c deleted file mode 100644 index afb472d..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_can.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,907 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_can.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the CAN firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_can.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* CAN Master Control Register bits */ -#define CAN_MCR_INRQ ((u32)0x00000001) /* Initialization request */ -#define CAN_MCR_SLEEP ((u32)0x00000002) /* Sleep mode request */ -#define CAN_MCR_TXFP ((u32)0x00000004) /* Transmit FIFO priority */ -#define CAN_MCR_RFLM ((u32)0x00000008) /* Receive FIFO locked mode */ -#define CAN_MCR_NART ((u32)0x00000010) /* No automatic retransmission */ -#define CAN_MCR_AWUM ((u32)0x00000020) /* Automatic wake up mode */ -#define CAN_MCR_ABOM ((u32)0x00000040) /* Automatic bus-off management */ -#define CAN_MCR_TTCM ((u32)0x00000080) /* time triggered communication */ - -/* CAN Master Status Register bits */ -#define CAN_MSR_INAK ((u32)0x00000001) /* Initialization acknowledge */ -#define CAN_MSR_WKUI ((u32)0x00000008) /* Wake-up interrupt */ -#define CAN_MSR_SLAKI ((u32)0x00000010) /* Sleep acknowledge interrupt */ - -/* CAN Transmit Status Register bits */ -#define CAN_TSR_RQCP0 ((u32)0x00000001) /* Request completed mailbox0 */ -#define CAN_TSR_TXOK0 ((u32)0x00000002) /* Transmission OK of mailbox0 */ -#define CAN_TSR_ABRQ0 ((u32)0x00000080) /* Abort request for mailbox0 */ -#define CAN_TSR_RQCP1 ((u32)0x00000100) /* Request completed mailbox1 */ -#define CAN_TSR_TXOK1 ((u32)0x00000200) /* Transmission OK of mailbox1 */ -#define CAN_TSR_ABRQ1 ((u32)0x00008000) /* Abort request for mailbox1 */ -#define CAN_TSR_RQCP2 ((u32)0x00010000) /* Request completed mailbox2 */ -#define CAN_TSR_TXOK2 ((u32)0x00020000) /* Transmission OK of mailbox2 */ -#define CAN_TSR_ABRQ2 ((u32)0x00800000) /* Abort request for mailbox2 */ -#define CAN_TSR_TME0 ((u32)0x04000000) /* Transmit mailbox 0 empty */ -#define CAN_TSR_TME1 ((u32)0x08000000) /* Transmit mailbox 1 empty */ -#define CAN_TSR_TME2 ((u32)0x10000000) /* Transmit mailbox 2 empty */ - -/* CAN Receive FIFO 0 Register bits */ -#define CAN_RF0R_FULL0 ((u32)0x00000008) /* FIFO 0 full */ -#define CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 ((u32)0x00000010) /* FIFO 0 overrun */ -#define CAN_RF0R_RFOM0 ((u32)0x00000020) /* Release FIFO 0 output mailbox */ - -/* CAN Receive FIFO 1 Register bits */ -#define CAN_RF1R_FULL1 ((u32)0x00000008) /* FIFO 1 full */ -#define CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 ((u32)0x00000010) /* FIFO 1 overrun */ -#define CAN_RF1R_RFOM1 ((u32)0x00000020) /* Release FIFO 1 output mailbox */ - -/* CAN Error Status Register bits */ -#define CAN_ESR_EWGF ((u32)0x00000001) /* Error warning flag */ -#define CAN_ESR_EPVF ((u32)0x00000002) /* Error passive flag */ -#define CAN_ESR_BOFF ((u32)0x00000004) /* Bus-off flag */ - -/* CAN Mailbox Transmit Request */ -#define CAN_TMIDxR_TXRQ ((u32)0x00000001) /* Transmit mailbox request */ - -/* CAN Filter Master Register bits */ -#define CAN_FMR_FINIT ((u32)0x00000001) /* Filter init mode */ - - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -static ITStatus CheckITStatus(u32 CAN_Reg, u32 It_Bit); - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the CAN peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : None. -* Output : None. -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void CAN_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Enable CAN reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN, ENABLE); - /* Release CAN from reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN, DISABLE); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_Init -* Description : Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the CAN_InitStruct. -* Input : CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure that - contains the configuration information for the CAN peripheral. -* Output : None. -* Return : Constant indicates initialization succeed which will be -* CANINITFAILED or CANINITOK. -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 CAN_Init(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct) -{ - u8 InitStatus = 0; - u16 WaitAck = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler)); - - /* Request initialisation */ - CAN->MCR = CAN_MCR_INRQ; - - /* ...and check acknowledged */ - if ((CAN->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == 0) - { - InitStatus = CANINITFAILED; - } - else - { - /* Set the time triggered communication mode */ - if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM == ENABLE) - { - CAN->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; - } - else - { - CAN->MCR &= ~CAN_MCR_TTCM; - } - - /* Set the automatic bus-off management */ - if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM == ENABLE) - { - CAN->MCR |= CAN_MCR_ABOM; - } - else - { - CAN->MCR &= ~CAN_MCR_ABOM; - } - - /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */ - if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM == ENABLE) - { - CAN->MCR |= CAN_MCR_AWUM; - } - else - { - CAN->MCR &= ~CAN_MCR_AWUM; - } - - /* Set the no automatic retransmission */ - if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART == ENABLE) - { - CAN->MCR |= CAN_MCR_NART; - } - else - { - CAN->MCR &= ~CAN_MCR_NART; - } - - /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */ - if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM == ENABLE) - { - CAN->MCR |= CAN_MCR_RFLM; - } - else - { - CAN->MCR &= ~CAN_MCR_RFLM; - } - - /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */ - if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP == ENABLE) - { - CAN->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TXFP; - } - else - { - CAN->MCR &= ~CAN_MCR_TXFP; - } - - /* Set the bit timing register */ - CAN->BTR = (u32)((u32)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode << 30) | ((u32)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW << 24) | - ((u32)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 << 16) | ((u32)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 << 20) | - ((u32)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler - 1); - - InitStatus = CANINITOK; - - /* Request leave initialisation */ - CAN->MCR &= ~CAN_MCR_INRQ; - - /* Wait the acknowledge */ - for(WaitAck = 0x400; WaitAck > 0x0; WaitAck--) - { - } - - /* ...and check acknowledged */ - if ((CAN->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) - { - InitStatus = CANINITFAILED; - } - } - - /* At this step, return the status of initialization */ - return InitStatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_FilterInit -* Description : Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct. -* Input : CAN_FilterInitStruct: pointer to a CAN_FilterInitTypeDef -* structure that contains the configuration information. -* Output : None. -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct) -{ - u16 FilterNumber_BitPos = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation)); - - FilterNumber_BitPos = - (u16)((u16)0x0001 << ((u16)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber)); - - /* Initialisation mode for the filter */ - CAN->FMR |= CAN_FMR_FINIT; - - /* Filter Deactivation */ - CAN->FA1R &= ~(u32)FilterNumber_BitPos; - - /* Filter Scale */ - if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) - { - /* 16-bit scale for the filter */ - CAN->FS1R &= ~(u32)FilterNumber_BitPos; - - /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */ - /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */ - CAN->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = - ((u32)((u32)0x0000FFFF & CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow) << 16) | - ((u32)0x0000FFFF & CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); - - /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */ - /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */ - CAN->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = - ((u32)((u32)0x0000FFFF & CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | - ((u32)0x0000FFFF & CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh); - } - if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_32bit) - { - /* 32-bit scale for the filter */ - CAN->FS1R |= FilterNumber_BitPos; - - /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */ - CAN->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = - ((u32)((u32)0x0000FFFF & CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh) << 16) | - ((u32)0x0000FFFF & CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); - - /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */ - CAN->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = - ((u32)((u32)0x0000FFFF & CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | - ((u32)0x0000FFFF & CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow); - - } - - /* Filter Mode */ - if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) - { - /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/ - CAN->FM1R &= ~(u32)FilterNumber_BitPos; - } - else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */ - { - /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/ - CAN->FM1R |= (u32)FilterNumber_BitPos; - } - - /* Filter FIFO assignment */ - if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FilterFIFO0) - { - /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */ - CAN->FFA1R &= ~(u32)FilterNumber_BitPos; - } - if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FilterFIFO1) - { - /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */ - CAN->FFA1R |= (u32)FilterNumber_BitPos; - } - - /* Filter activation */ - if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation == ENABLE) - { - CAN->FA1R |= FilterNumber_BitPos; - } - - /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */ - CAN->FMR &= ~CAN_FMR_FINIT; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_StructInit -* Description : Fills each CAN_InitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure which -* will be initialized. -* Output : None. -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct) -{ - /* Reset CAN init structure parameters values */ - - /* Initialize the time triggered communication mode */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the automatic bus-off management */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the automatic wake-up mode */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the no automatic retransmission */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the receive FIFO locked mode */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the transmit FIFO priority */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP = DISABLE; - - /* Initialize the CAN_Mode member */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode = CAN_Mode_Normal; - - /* Initialize the CAN_SJW member */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW = CAN_SJW_1tq; - - /* Initialize the CAN_BS1 member */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 = CAN_BS1_4tq; - - /* Initialize the CAN_BS2 member */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 = CAN_BS2_3tq; - - /* Initialize the CAN_Prescaler member */ - CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler = 1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified CAN interrupts. -* Input : - CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt sources to be enabled or -* disabled. -* This parameter can be: CAN_IT_TME, CAN_IT_FMP0, CAN_IT_FF0, -* CAN_IT_FOV0, CAN_IT_FMP1, CAN_IT_FF1, -* CAN_IT_FOV1, CAN_IT_EWG, CAN_IT_EPV, -* CAN_IT_LEC, CAN_IT_ERR, CAN_IT_WKU or -* CAN_IT_SLK. -* - NewState: new state of the CAN interrupts. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None. -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void CAN_ITConfig(u32 CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ITConfig(CAN_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected CAN interrupt */ - CAN->IER |= CAN_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected CAN interrupt */ - CAN->IER &= ~CAN_IT; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_Transmit -* Description : Initiates the transmission of a message. -* Input : TxMessage: pointer to a structure which contains CAN Id, CAN -* DLC and CAN datas. -* Output : None. -* Return : The number of the mailbox that is used for transmission -* or CAN_NO_MB if there is no empty mailbox. -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 CAN_Transmit(CanTxMsg* TxMessage) -{ - u8 TransmitMailbox = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(TxMessage->StdId)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(TxMessage->StdId)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(TxMessage->IDE)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(TxMessage->RTR)); - assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(TxMessage->DLC)); - - /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ - if ((CAN->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) - { - TransmitMailbox = 0; - } - else if ((CAN->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) - { - TransmitMailbox = 1; - } - else if ((CAN->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2) - { - TransmitMailbox = 2; - } - else - { - TransmitMailbox = CAN_NO_MB; - } - - if (TransmitMailbox != CAN_NO_MB) - { - /* Set up the Id */ - CAN->sTxMailBox[TransmitMailbox].TIR &= CAN_TMIDxR_TXRQ; - if (TxMessage->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) - { - TxMessage->StdId &= (u32)0x000007FF; - TxMessage->StdId = TxMessage->StdId << 21; - - CAN->sTxMailBox[TransmitMailbox].TIR |= (TxMessage->StdId | TxMessage->IDE | - TxMessage->RTR); - } - else - { - TxMessage->ExtId &= (u32)0x1FFFFFFF; - TxMessage->ExtId <<= 3; - - CAN->sTxMailBox[TransmitMailbox].TIR |= (TxMessage->ExtId | TxMessage->IDE | - TxMessage->RTR); - } - - /* Set up the DLC */ - TxMessage->DLC &= (u8)0x0000000F; - CAN->sTxMailBox[TransmitMailbox].TDTR &= (u32)0xFFFFFFF0; - CAN->sTxMailBox[TransmitMailbox].TDTR |= TxMessage->DLC; - - /* Set up the data field */ - CAN->sTxMailBox[TransmitMailbox].TDLR = (((u32)TxMessage->Data[3] << 24) | - ((u32)TxMessage->Data[2] << 16) | - ((u32)TxMessage->Data[1] << 8) | - ((u32)TxMessage->Data[0])); - CAN->sTxMailBox[TransmitMailbox].TDHR = (((u32)TxMessage->Data[7] << 24) | - ((u32)TxMessage->Data[6] << 16) | - ((u32)TxMessage->Data[5] << 8) | - ((u32)TxMessage->Data[4])); - - /* Request transmission */ - CAN->sTxMailBox[TransmitMailbox].TIR |= CAN_TMIDxR_TXRQ; - } - - return TransmitMailbox; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_TransmitStatus -* Description : Checks the transmission of a message. -* Input : TransmitMailbox: the number of the mailbox that is used for -* transmission. -* Output : None. -* Return : CANTXOK if the CAN driver transmits the message, CANTXFAILED -* in an other case. -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 CAN_TransmitStatus(u8 TransmitMailbox) -{ - /* RQCP, TXOK and TME bits */ - u8 State = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TransmitMailbox)); - - switch (TransmitMailbox) - { - case (0): State |= (u8)((CAN->TSR & CAN_TSR_RQCP0) << 2); - State |= (u8)((CAN->TSR & CAN_TSR_TXOK0) >> 0); - State |= (u8)((CAN->TSR & CAN_TSR_TME0) >> 26); - break; - case (1): State |= (u8)((CAN->TSR & CAN_TSR_RQCP1) >> 6); - State |= (u8)((CAN->TSR & CAN_TSR_TXOK1) >> 8); - State |= (u8)((CAN->TSR & CAN_TSR_TME1) >> 27); - break; - case (2): State |= (u8)((CAN->TSR & CAN_TSR_RQCP2) >> 14); - State |= (u8)((CAN->TSR & CAN_TSR_TXOK2) >> 16); - State |= (u8)((CAN->TSR & CAN_TSR_TME2) >> 28); - break; - default: - State = CANTXFAILED; - break; - } - - switch (State) - { - /* transmit pending */ - case (0x0): State = CANTXPENDING; - break; - /* transmit failed */ - case (0x5): State = CANTXFAILED; - break; - /* transmit succedeed */ - case (0x7): State = CANTXOK; - break; - default: - State = CANTXFAILED; - break; - } - - return State; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_CancelTransmit -* Description : Cancels a transmit request. -* Input : Mailbox number. -* Output : None. -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void CAN_CancelTransmit(u8 Mailbox) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(Mailbox)); - - /* abort transmission */ - switch (Mailbox) - { - case (0): CAN->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ0; - break; - case (1): CAN->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ1; - break; - case (2): CAN->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ2; - break; - default: - break; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_FIFORelease -* Description : Releases a FIFO. -* Input : FIFONumber: FIFO to release, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. -* Output : None. -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void CAN_FIFORelease(u8 FIFONumber) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); - - /* Release FIFO0 */ - if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) - { - CAN->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_RFOM0; - } - /* Release FIFO1 */ - else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ - { - CAN->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_RFOM1; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_MessagePending -* Description : Returns the number of pending messages. -* Input : FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. -* Output : None. -* Return : NbMessage which is the number of pending message. -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 CAN_MessagePending(u8 FIFONumber) -{ - u8 MessagePending=0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); - - if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) - { - MessagePending = (u8)(CAN->RF0R&(u32)0x03); - } - else if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1) - { - MessagePending = (u8)(CAN->RF1R&(u32)0x03); - } - else - { - MessagePending = 0; - } - return MessagePending; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_Receive -* Description : Receives a message. -* Input : FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. -* Output : RxMessage: pointer to a structure which contains CAN Id, -* CAN DLC, CAN datas and FMI number. -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void CAN_Receive(u8 FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); - - /* Get the Id */ - RxMessage->IDE = (u8)0x04 & CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; - if (RxMessage->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) - { - RxMessage->StdId = (u32)0x000007FF & (CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21); - } - else - { - RxMessage->ExtId = (u32)0x1FFFFFFF & (CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3); - } - - RxMessage->RTR = (u8)0x02 & CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; - - /* Get the DLC */ - RxMessage->DLC = (u8)0x0F & CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR; - - /* Get the FMI */ - RxMessage->FMI = (u8)0xFF & (CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8); - - /* Get the data field */ - RxMessage->Data[0] = (u8)0xFF & CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR; - RxMessage->Data[1] = (u8)0xFF & (CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8); - RxMessage->Data[2] = (u8)0xFF & (CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16); - RxMessage->Data[3] = (u8)0xFF & (CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24); - - RxMessage->Data[4] = (u8)0xFF & CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR; - RxMessage->Data[5] = (u8)0xFF & (CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8); - RxMessage->Data[6] = (u8)0xFF & (CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16); - RxMessage->Data[7] = (u8)0xFF & (CAN->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24); - - /* Release the FIFO */ - CAN_FIFORelease(FIFONumber); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_Sleep -* Description : Enters the low power mode. -* Input : None. -* Output : None. -* Return : CANSLEEPOK if sleep entered, CANSLEEPFAILED in an other case. -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 CAN_Sleep(void) -{ - u8 SleepStatus = 0; - - /* Sleep mode entering request */ - CAN->MCR |= CAN_MCR_SLEEP; - SleepStatus = CANSLEEPOK; - - /* Sleep mode status */ - if ((CAN->MCR&CAN_MCR_SLEEP) == 0) - { - /* Sleep mode not entered */ - SleepStatus = CANSLEEPFAILED; - } - - /* At this step, sleep mode status */ - return SleepStatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_WakeUp -* Description : Wakes the CAN up. -* Input : None. -* Output : None. -* Return : CANWAKEUPOK if sleep mode left, CANWAKEUPFAILED in an other -* case. -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 CAN_WakeUp(void) -{ - u8 WakeUpStatus = 0; - - /* Wake up request */ - CAN->MCR &= ~CAN_MCR_SLEEP; - WakeUpStatus = CANWAKEUPFAILED; - - /* Sleep mode status */ - if ((CAN->MCR&CAN_MCR_SLEEP) == 0) - { - /* Sleep mode exited */ - WakeUpStatus = CANWAKEUPOK; - } - - /* At this step, sleep mode status */ - return WakeUpStatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified CAN flag is set or not. -* Input : CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be: CAN_FLAG_EWG, CAN_FLAG_EPV or -* CAN_FLAG_BOF. -* Output : None. -* Return : The new state of CAN_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(u32 CAN_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_FLAG(CAN_FLAG)); - - /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ - if ((CAN->ESR & CAN_FLAG) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* CAN_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the CAN_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the CAN's pending flags. -* Input : CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. -* Output : None. -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void CAN_ClearFlag(u32 CAN_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_FLAG(CAN_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the selected CAN flags */ - CAN->ESR &= ~CAN_FLAG; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified CAN interrupt has occurred or -* not. -* Input : CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt source to check. -* This parameter can be: CAN_IT_RQCP0, CAN_IT_RQCP1, CAN_IT_RQCP2, -* CAN_IT_FF0, CAN_IT_FOV0, CAN_IT_FF1, -* CAN_IT_FOV1, CAN_IT_EWG, CAN_IT_EPV, -* CAN_IT_BOF, CAN_IT_WKU or CAN_IT_SLK. -* Output : None. -* Return : The new state of CAN_IT (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(u32 CAN_IT) -{ - ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ITStatus(CAN_IT)); - - switch (CAN_IT) - { - case CAN_IT_RQCP0: - pendingbitstatus = CheckITStatus(CAN->TSR, CAN_TSR_RQCP0); - break; - case CAN_IT_RQCP1: - pendingbitstatus = CheckITStatus(CAN->TSR, CAN_TSR_RQCP1); - break; - case CAN_IT_RQCP2: - pendingbitstatus = CheckITStatus(CAN->TSR, CAN_TSR_RQCP2); - break; - case CAN_IT_FF0: - pendingbitstatus = CheckITStatus(CAN->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FULL0); - break; - case CAN_IT_FOV0: - pendingbitstatus = CheckITStatus(CAN->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FOVR0); - break; - case CAN_IT_FF1: - pendingbitstatus = CheckITStatus(CAN->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FULL1); - break; - case CAN_IT_FOV1: - pendingbitstatus = CheckITStatus(CAN->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FOVR1); - break; - case CAN_IT_EWG: - pendingbitstatus = CheckITStatus(CAN->ESR, CAN_ESR_EWGF); - break; - case CAN_IT_EPV: - pendingbitstatus = CheckITStatus(CAN->ESR, CAN_ESR_EPVF); - break; - case CAN_IT_BOF: - pendingbitstatus = CheckITStatus(CAN->ESR, CAN_ESR_BOFF); - break; - case CAN_IT_SLK: - pendingbitstatus = CheckITStatus(CAN->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAKI); - break; - case CAN_IT_WKU: - pendingbitstatus = CheckITStatus(CAN->MSR, CAN_MSR_WKUI); - break; - - default : - pendingbitstatus = RESET; - break; - } - - /* Return the CAN_IT status */ - return pendingbitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CAN_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears the CAN’s interrupt pending bits. -* Input : CAN_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. -* Output : None. -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(u32 CAN_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CAN_ITStatus(CAN_IT)); - - switch (CAN_IT) - { - case CAN_IT_RQCP0: - CAN->TSR = CAN_TSR_RQCP0; /* rc_w1*/ - break; - case CAN_IT_RQCP1: - CAN->TSR = CAN_TSR_RQCP1; /* rc_w1*/ - break; - case CAN_IT_RQCP2: - CAN->TSR = CAN_TSR_RQCP2; /* rc_w1*/ - break; - case CAN_IT_FF0: - CAN->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FULL0; /* rc_w1*/ - break; - case CAN_IT_FOV0: - CAN->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FOVR0; /* rc_w1*/ - break; - case CAN_IT_FF1: - CAN->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FULL1; /* rc_w1*/ - break; - case CAN_IT_FOV1: - CAN->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FOVR1; /* rc_w1*/ - break; - case CAN_IT_EWG: - CAN->ESR &= ~ CAN_ESR_EWGF; /* rw */ - break; - case CAN_IT_EPV: - CAN->ESR &= ~ CAN_ESR_EPVF; /* rw */ - break; - case CAN_IT_BOF: - CAN->ESR &= ~ CAN_ESR_BOFF; /* rw */ - break; - case CAN_IT_WKU: - CAN->MSR = CAN_MSR_WKUI; /* rc_w1*/ - break; - case CAN_IT_SLK: - CAN->MSR = CAN_MSR_SLAKI; /* rc_w1*/ - break; - default : - break; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CheckITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the CAN interrupt has occurred or not. -* Input : CAN_Reg: specifies the CAN interrupt register to check. -* It_Bit: specifies the interrupt source bit to check. -* Output : None. -* Return : The new state of the CAN Interrupt (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -static ITStatus CheckITStatus(u32 CAN_Reg, u32 It_Bit) -{ - ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET; - - if ((CAN_Reg & It_Bit) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* CAN_IT is set */ - pendingbitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* CAN_IT is reset */ - pendingbitstatus = RESET; - } - - return pendingbitstatus; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_crc.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_crc.c deleted file mode 100644 index ac8c7c4..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_crc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_crc.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the CRC firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_crc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* CR register bit mask */ -#define CR_RESET_Set ((u32)0x00000001) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CRC_ResetDR -* Description : Resets the CRC Data register (DR). -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void CRC_ResetDR(void) -{ - /* Reset CRC generator */ - CRC->CR = CR_RESET_Set; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CRC_CalcCRC -* Description : Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given data word(32-bit). -* Input : - Data: data word(32-bit) to compute its CRC -* Output : None -* Return : 32-bit CRC -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 CRC_CalcCRC(u32 Data) -{ - CRC->DR = Data; - - return (CRC->DR); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CRC_CalcBlockCRC -* Description : Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given buffer of data word(32-bit). -* Input : - pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be -* computed -* - BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed -* Output : None -* Return : 32-bit CRC -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 CRC_CalcBlockCRC(u32 pBuffer[], u32 BufferLength) -{ - u32 index = 0; - - for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++) - { - CRC->DR = pBuffer[index]; - } - - return (CRC->DR); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CRC_GetCRC -* Description : Returns the current CRC value. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : 32-bit CRC -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 CRC_GetCRC(void) -{ - return (CRC->DR); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CRC_SetIDRegister -* Description : Stores a 8-bit data in the Independent Data(ID) register. -* Input : - IDValue: 8-bit value to be stored in the ID register -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void CRC_SetIDRegister(u8 IDValue) -{ - CRC->IDR = IDValue; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : CRC_GetIDRegister -* Description : Returns the 8-bit data stored in the Independent Data(ID) register -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : 8-bit value of the ID register -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 CRC_GetIDRegister(void) -{ - return (CRC->IDR); -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dac.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dac.c deleted file mode 100644 index 80eec1a..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dac.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,389 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_dac.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the DAC firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_dac.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* DAC EN mask */ -#define CR_EN_Set ((u32)0x00000001) - -/* DAC DMAEN mask */ -#define CR_DMAEN_Set ((u32)0x00001000) - -/* CR register Mask */ -#define CR_CLEAR_Mask ((u32)0x00000FFE) - -/* DAC SWTRIG mask */ -#define SWTRIGR_SWTRIG_Set ((u32)0x00000001) - -/* DAC Dual Channels SWTRIG masks */ -#define DUAL_SWTRIG_Set ((u32)0x00000003) -#define DUAL_SWTRIG_Reset ((u32)0xFFFFFFFC) - -/* DHR registers offsets */ -#define DHR12R1_Offset ((u32)0x00000008) -#define DHR12R2_Offset ((u32)0x00000014) -#define DHR12RD_Offset ((u32)0x00000020) - -/* DOR register offset */ -#define DOR_Offset ((u32)0x0000002C) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DAC_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : None. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DAC_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Enable DAC reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE); - /* Release DAC from reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, DISABLE); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DAC_Init -* Description : Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the DAC_InitStruct. -* Input : - DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected -* - DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected -* - DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure that -* contains the configuration information for the specified -* DAC channel. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DAC_Init(u32 DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) -{ - u32 tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; - - /* Check the DAC parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer)); - -/*---------------------------- DAC CR Configuration --------------------------*/ - /* Get the DAC CR value */ - tmpreg1 = DAC->CR; - /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ - tmpreg1 &= ~(CR_CLEAR_Mask << DAC_Channel); - /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger, wave genration, - mask/amplitude for wave genration */ - /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ - /* Set WAVEx bits according to DAC_WaveGeneration value */ - /* Set MAMPx bits according to DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude value */ - /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ - tmpreg2 = (DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration | - DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer); - /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ - tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << DAC_Channel; - /* Write to DAC CR */ - DAC->CR = tmpreg1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DAC_StructInit -* Description : Fills each DAC_InitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - DAC_InitStruct : pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure -* which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) -{ -/*--------------- Reset DAC init structure parameters values -----------------*/ - /* Initialize the DAC_Trigger member */ - DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger = DAC_Trigger_None; - - /* Initialize the DAC_WaveGeneration member */ - DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration = DAC_WaveGeneration_None; - - /* Initialize the DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude member */ - DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude = DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0; - - /* Initialize the DAC_OutputBuffer member */ - DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DAC_Cmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified DAC channel. -* Input - DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected -* - DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected -* - NewState: new state of the DAC channel. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DAC_Cmd(u32 DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected DAC channel */ - DAC->CR |= CR_EN_Set << DAC_Channel; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected DAC channel */ - DAC->CR &= ~(CR_EN_Set << DAC_Channel); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DAC_DMACmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified DAC channel DMA request. -* Input - DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected -* - DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected -* - NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel DMA request. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DAC_DMACmd(u32 DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ - DAC->CR |= CR_DMAEN_Set << DAC_Channel; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ - DAC->CR &= ~(CR_DMAEN_Set << DAC_Channel); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the selected DAC channel software trigger. -* Input - DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected -* - DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected -* - NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel software trigger. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(u32 DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ - DAC->SWTRIGR |= SWTRIGR_SWTRIG_Set << (DAC_Channel >> 4); - } - else - { - /* Disable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ - DAC->SWTRIGR &= ~(SWTRIGR_SWTRIG_Set << (DAC_Channel >> 4)); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd -* Description : Enables or disables simultaneously the two DAC channels software -* triggers. -* Input - NewState: new state of the DAC channels software triggers. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable software trigger for both DAC channels */ - DAC->SWTRIGR |= DUAL_SWTRIG_Set ; - } - else - { - /* Disable software trigger for both DAC channels */ - DAC->SWTRIGR &= DUAL_SWTRIG_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DAC_WaveGenerationCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. -* Input - DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected -* - DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected -* - DAC_Wave: Specifies the wave type to enable or disable. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - DAC_Wave_Noise: noise wave generation -* - DAC_Wave_Triangle: triangle wave generation -* - NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel wave generation. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(u32 DAC_Channel, u32 DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_WAVE(DAC_Wave)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ - DAC->CR |= DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ - DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DAC_SetChannel1Data -* Description : Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel1. -* Input : - DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignement for DAC channel1. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignement selected -* - DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignement selected -* - DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignement selected -* - Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding -* register. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DAC_SetChannel1Data(u32 DAC_Align, u16 Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); - - /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */ - *((vu32 *)(DAC_BASE + DHR12R1_Offset + DAC_Align)) = (u32)Data; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DAC_SetChannel2Data -* Description : Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel2. -* Input : - DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignement for DAC channel2. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignement selected -* - DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignement selected -* - DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignement selected -* - Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding -* register. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DAC_SetChannel2Data(u32 DAC_Align, u16 Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); - - /* Set the DAC channel2 selected data holding register */ - *((vu32 *)(DAC_BASE + DHR12R2_Offset + DAC_Align)) = (u32)Data; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DAC_SetDualChannelData -* Description : Set the specified data holding register value for dual channel -* DAC. -* Input : - DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignement for dual channel DAC. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignement selected -* - DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignement selected -* - DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignement selected -* - Data2: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data -* holding register. -* - Data1: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data -* holding register. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DAC_SetDualChannelData(u32 DAC_Align, u16 Data2, u16 Data1) -{ - u32 data = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); - assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); - - /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ - if (DAC_Align == DAC_Align_8b_R) - { - data = ((u32)Data2 << 8) | Data1; - } - else - { - data = ((u32)Data2 << 16) | Data1; - } - - /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ - *((vu32 *)(DAC_BASE + DHR12RD_Offset + DAC_Align)) = data; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DAC_GetDataOutputValue -* Description : Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC cahnnel. -* Input - DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected -* - DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected -* Output : None -* Return : The selected DAC channel data output value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 DAC_GetDataOutputValue(u32 DAC_Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); - - /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ - return (u16) (*(vu32*)(DAC_BASE + DOR_Offset + ((u32)DAC_Channel >> 2))); -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c deleted file mode 100644 index 04103b1..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the DBGMCU firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_dbgmcu.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define IDCODE_DEVID_Mask ((u32)0x00000FFF) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DBGMCU_GetREVID -* Description : Returns the device revision identifier. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : Device revision identifier -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 DBGMCU_GetREVID(void) -{ - return(DBGMCU->IDCODE >> 16); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DBGMCU_GetDEVID -* Description : Returns the device identifier. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : Device identifier -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void) -{ - return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & IDCODE_DEVID_Mask); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DBGMCU_Config -* Description : Configures the specified peripheral and low power mode behavior -* when the MCU under Debug mode. -* Input : - DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the peripheral and low power mode. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode -* - DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode -* - DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode -* - DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP: Debug IWDG stopped when Core is halted -* - DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP: Debug WWDG stopped when Core is halted -* - DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP: TIM1 counter stopped when Core is halted -* - DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP: TIM2 counter stopped when Core is halted -* - DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP: TIM3 counter stopped when Core is halted -* - DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP: TIM4 counter stopped when Core is halted -* - DBGMCU_CAN_STOP: Debug CAN stopped when Core is halted -* - DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped -* when Core is halted -* - DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C2 SMBUS timeout mode stopped -* when Core is halted -* - DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP: TIM5 counter stopped when Core is halted -* - DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP: TIM6 counter stopped when Core is halted -* - DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP: TIM7 counter stopped when Core is halted -* - DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP: TIM8 counter stopped when Core is halted -* - NewState: new state of the specified peripheral in Debug mode. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DBGMCU_Config(u32 DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - DBGMCU->CR |= DBGMCU_Periph; - } - else - { - DBGMCU->CR &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; - } -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dma.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dma.c deleted file mode 100644 index eaefcb9..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_dma.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,678 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_dma.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the DMA firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_dma.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* DMA ENABLE mask */ -#define CCR_ENABLE_Set ((u32)0x00000001) -#define CCR_ENABLE_Reset ((u32)0xFFFFFFFE) - -/* DMA1 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */ -#define DMA1_Channel1_IT_Mask ((u32)0x0000000F) -#define DMA1_Channel2_IT_Mask ((u32)0x000000F0) -#define DMA1_Channel3_IT_Mask ((u32)0x00000F00) -#define DMA1_Channel4_IT_Mask ((u32)0x0000F000) -#define DMA1_Channel5_IT_Mask ((u32)0x000F0000) -#define DMA1_Channel6_IT_Mask ((u32)0x00F00000) -#define DMA1_Channel7_IT_Mask ((u32)0x0F000000) - -/* DMA2 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */ -#define DMA2_Channel1_IT_Mask ((u32)0x0000000F) -#define DMA2_Channel2_IT_Mask ((u32)0x000000F0) -#define DMA2_Channel3_IT_Mask ((u32)0x00000F00) -#define DMA2_Channel4_IT_Mask ((u32)0x0000F000) -#define DMA2_Channel5_IT_Mask ((u32)0x000F0000) - -/* DMA2 FLAG mask */ -#define FLAG_Mask ((u32)0x10000000) - -/* DMA registers Masks */ -#define CCR_CLEAR_Mask ((u32)0xFFFF800F) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DMA_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the DMAy Channelx registers to their default reset -* values. -* Input : - DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and -* x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the -* DMA Channel. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); - - /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */ - DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= CCR_ENABLE_Reset; - - /* Reset DMAy Channelx control register */ - DMAy_Channelx->CCR = 0; - - /* Reset DMAy Channelx remaining bytes register */ - DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = 0; - - /* Reset DMAy Channelx peripheral address register */ - DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = 0; - - /* Reset DMAy Channelx memory address register */ - DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = 0; - - switch (*(u32*)&DMAy_Channelx) - { - case DMA1_Channel1_BASE: - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel1 */ - DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel1_IT_Mask; - break; - - case DMA1_Channel2_BASE: - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel2 */ - DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel2_IT_Mask; - break; - - case DMA1_Channel3_BASE: - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel3 */ - DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel3_IT_Mask; - break; - - case DMA1_Channel4_BASE: - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel4 */ - DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel4_IT_Mask; - break; - - case DMA1_Channel5_BASE: - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel5 */ - DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel5_IT_Mask; - break; - - case DMA1_Channel6_BASE: - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel6 */ - DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel6_IT_Mask; - break; - - case DMA1_Channel7_BASE: - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel7 */ - DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel7_IT_Mask; - break; - - case DMA2_Channel1_BASE: - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel1 */ - DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel1_IT_Mask; - break; - - case DMA2_Channel2_BASE: - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel2 */ - DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel2_IT_Mask; - break; - - case DMA2_Channel3_BASE: - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel3 */ - DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel3_IT_Mask; - break; - - case DMA2_Channel4_BASE: - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel4 */ - DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel4_IT_Mask; - break; - - case DMA2_Channel5_BASE: - /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel5 */ - DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel5_IT_Mask; - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DMA_Init -* Description : Initializes the DMAy Channelx according to the specified -* parameters in the DMA_InitStruct. -* Input : - DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and -* x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the -* DMA Channel. -* - DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that -* contains the configuration information for the specified -* DMA Channel. -* Output : None -* Return : None -******************************************************************************/ -void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_DIR(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M)); - -/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CCR Configuration -----------------*/ - /* Get the DMAy_Channelx CCR value */ - tmpreg = DMAy_Channelx->CCR; - /* Clear MEM2MEM, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */ - tmpreg &= CCR_CLEAR_Mask; - /* Configure DMAy Channelx: data transfer, data size, priority level and mode */ - /* Set DIR bit according to DMA_DIR value */ - /* Set CIRC bit according to DMA_Mode value */ - /* Set PINC bit according to DMA_PeripheralInc value */ - /* Set MINC bit according to DMA_MemoryInc value */ - /* Set PSIZE bits according to DMA_PeripheralDataSize value */ - /* Set MSIZE bits according to DMA_MemoryDataSize value */ - /* Set PL bits according to DMA_Priority value */ - /* Set the MEM2MEM bit according to DMA_M2M value */ - tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode | - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc | - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize | - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M; - /* Write to DMAy Channelx CCR */ - DMAy_Channelx->CCR = tmpreg; - -/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration ---------------*/ - /* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */ - DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize; - -/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CPAR Configuration ----------------*/ - /* Write to DMAy Channelx CPAR */ - DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; - -/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CMAR Configuration ----------------*/ - /* Write to DMAy Channelx CMAR */ - DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DMA_StructInit -* Description : Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - DMA_InitStruct : pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure -* which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) -{ -/*-------------- Reset DMA init structure parameters values ------------------*/ - /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = 0; - - /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryBaseAddr member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = 0; - - /* Initialize the DMA_DIR member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC; - - /* Initialize the DMA_BufferSize member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0; - - /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralInc member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable; - - /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryInc member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Disable; - - /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralDataSize member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte; - - /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryDataSize member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte; - - /* Initialize the DMA_Mode member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal; - - /* Initialize the DMA_Priority member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_Low; - - /* Initialize the DMA_M2M member */ - DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DMA_Cmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx. -* Input : - DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and -* x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the -* DMA Channel. -* - NewState: new state of the DMAy Channelx. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected DMAy Channelx */ - DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= CCR_ENABLE_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */ - DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= CCR_ENABLE_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DMA_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx interrupts. -* Input : - DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and -* x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the -* DMA Channel. -* - DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupts sources to be enabled -* or disabled. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask -* - DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer interrupt mask -* - DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask -* - NewState: new state of the specified DMA interrupts. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, u32 DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(DMA_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected DMA interrupts */ - DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected DMA interrupts */ - DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= ~DMA_IT; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DMA_GetCurrDataCounter -* Description : Returns the number of remaining data units in the current -* DMAy Channelx transfer. -* Input : - DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and -* x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the -* DMA Channel. -* Output : None -* Return : The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Channelx -* transfer. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx)); - - /* Return the number of remaining data units for DMAy Channelx */ - return ((u16)(DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR)); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DMA_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx flag is set or not. -* Input : - DMA_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag. -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of DMA_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(u32 DMA_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(DMA_FLAG)); - - /* Calculate the used DMA */ - if ((DMA_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* Get DMA2 ISR register value */ - tmpreg = DMA2->ISR ; - } - else - { - /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */ - tmpreg = DMA1->ISR ; - } - - /* Check the status of the specified DMA flag */ - if ((tmpreg & DMA_FLAG) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* DMA_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* DMA_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the DMA_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DMA_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the DMAy Channelx's pending flags. -* Input : - DMA_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of -* the following values: -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag. -* - DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag. -* - DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DMA_ClearFlag(u32 DMA_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(DMA_FLAG)); - - /* Calculate the used DMA */ - if ((DMA_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* Clear the selected DMA flags */ - DMA2->IFCR = DMA_FLAG; - } - else - { - /* Clear the selected DMA flags */ - DMA1->IFCR = DMA_FLAG; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DMA_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx interrupt has -* occurred or not. -* Input : - DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt source to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of DMA_IT (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(u32 DMA_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_IT(DMA_IT)); - - /* Calculate the used DMA */ - if ((DMA_IT & FLAG_Mask) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* Get DMA2 ISR register value */ - tmpreg = DMA2->ISR ; - } - else - { - /* Get DMA1 ISR register value */ - tmpreg = DMA1->ISR ; - } - - /* Check the status of the specified DMA interrupt */ - if ((tmpreg & DMA_IT) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* DMA_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* DMA_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the DMA_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : DMA_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears the DMAy Channelx’s interrupt pending bits. -* Input : - DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt pending bit to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of -* the following values: -* - DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt. -* - DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(u32 DMA_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(DMA_IT)); - - /* Calculate the used DMA */ - if ((DMA_IT & FLAG_Mask) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* Clear the selected DMA interrupt pending bits */ - DMA2->IFCR = DMA_IT; - } - else - { - /* Clear the selected DMA interrupt pending bits */ - DMA1->IFCR = DMA_IT; - } -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ - diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_exti.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_exti.c deleted file mode 100644 index 021a051..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_exti.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_exti.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the EXTI firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_exti.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define EXTI_LineNone ((u32)0x00000) /* No interrupt selected */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : EXTI_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void EXTI_DeInit(void) -{ - EXTI->IMR = 0x00000000; - EXTI->EMR = 0x00000000; - EXTI->RTSR = 0x00000000; - EXTI->FTSR = 0x00000000; - EXTI->PR = 0x0007FFFF; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : EXTI_Init -* Description : Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct. -* Input : - EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure -* that contains the configuration information for the EXTI -* peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger)); - assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd)); - - if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE) - { - /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ - EXTI->IMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - EXTI->EMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - - *(vu32 *)(EXTI_BASE + (u32)EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode)|= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - - /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ - EXTI->RTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - EXTI->FTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - - /* Select the trigger for the selected external interrupts */ - if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling) - { - /* Rising Falling edge */ - EXTI->RTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - EXTI->FTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - } - else - { - *(vu32 *)(EXTI_BASE + (u32)EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger)|= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected external lines */ - *(vu32 *)(EXTI_BASE + (u32)EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode)&= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : EXTI_StructInit -* Description : Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value. -* Input : - EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure -* which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) -{ - EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LineNone; - EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt; - EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling; - EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt -* Description : Generates a Software interrupt. -* Input : - EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or -* disabled. -* This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where -* x can be (0..18). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(u32 EXTI_Line) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); - - EXTI->SWIER |= EXTI_Line; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : EXTI_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not. -* Input : - EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line flag to check. -* This parameter can be: -* - EXTI_Linex: External interrupt line x where x(0..18) -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(u32 EXTI_Line) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); - - if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (u32)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : EXTI_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the EXTI’s line pending flags. -* Input : - EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where -* x can be (0..18). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void EXTI_ClearFlag(u32 EXTI_Line) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); - - EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : EXTI_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not. -* Input : - EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line to check. -* This parameter can be: -* - EXTI_Linex: External interrupt line x where x(0..18) -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(u32 EXTI_Line) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - u32 enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); - - enablestatus = EXTI->IMR & EXTI_Line; - - if (((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (u32)RESET) && (enablestatus != (u32)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : EXTI_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears the EXTI’s line pending bits. -* Input : - EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where -* x can be (0..18). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(u32 EXTI_Line) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); - - EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_flash.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_flash.c deleted file mode 100644 index 66952f2..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_flash.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,916 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_flash.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the FLASH firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_flash.h" -void test(u32 x) { - int y; - x = 1; - y = x; -} -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Flash Access Control Register bits */ -#define ACR_LATENCY_Mask ((u32)0x00000038) -#define ACR_HLFCYA_Mask ((u32)0xFFFFFFF7) -#define ACR_PRFTBE_Mask ((u32)0xFFFFFFEF) - -#ifdef _FLASH_PROG -/* Flash Access Control Register bits */ -#define ACR_PRFTBS_Mask ((u32)0x00000020) - -/* Flash Control Register bits */ -#define CR_PG_Set ((u32)0x00000001) -#define CR_PG_Reset ((u32)0x00001FFE) - -#define CR_PER_Set ((u32)0x00000002) -#define CR_PER_Reset ((u32)0x00001FFD) - -#define CR_MER_Set ((u32)0x00000004) -#define CR_MER_Reset ((u32)0x00001FFB) - -#define CR_OPTPG_Set ((u32)0x00000010) -#define CR_OPTPG_Reset ((u32)0x00001FEF) - -#define CR_OPTER_Set ((u32)0x00000020) -#define CR_OPTER_Reset ((u32)0x00001FDF) - -#define CR_STRT_Set ((u32)0x00000040) - -#define CR_LOCK_Set ((u32)0x00000080) - -/* FLASH Mask */ -#define RDPRT_Mask ((u32)0x00000002) -#define WRP0_Mask ((u32)0x000000FF) -#define WRP1_Mask ((u32)0x0000FF00) -#define WRP2_Mask ((u32)0x00FF0000) -#define WRP3_Mask ((u32)0xFF000000) - -/* FLASH Keys */ -#define RDP_Key ((u16)0x00A5) -#define FLASH_KEY1 ((u32)0x45670123) -#define FLASH_KEY2 ((u32)0xCDEF89AB) - -/* Delay definition */ -#define EraseTimeout ((u32)0x00000FFF) -#define ProgramTimeout ((u32)0x0000000F) -#endif - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -#ifdef _FLASH_PROG -static void delay(void); -#endif - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_SetLatency -* Description : Sets the code latency value. -* Input : - FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle -* - FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle -* - FLASH_Latency_2: FLASH Two Latency cycles -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FLASH_SetLatency(u32 FLASH_Latency) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLASH_Latency)); - - /* Sets the Latency value */ - FLASH->ACR &= ACR_LATENCY_Mask; - FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_Latency; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the Half cycle flash access. -* Input : - FLASH_HalfCycle: specifies the FLASH Half cycle Access mode. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Enable: FLASH Half Cycle Enable -* - FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Disable: FLASH Half Cycle Disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(u32 FLASH_HalfCycleAccess) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_HALFCYCLEACCESS_STATE(FLASH_HalfCycleAccess)); - - /* Enable or disable the Half cycle access */ - FLASH->ACR &= ACR_HLFCYA_Mask; - FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_HalfCycleAccess; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer. -* Input : - FLASH_PrefetchBuffer: specifies the Prefetch buffer status. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Enable: FLASH Prefetch Buffer Enable -* - FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Disable: FLASH Prefetch Buffer Disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ - -void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(u32 FLASH_PrefetchBuffer) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_PREFETCHBUFFER_STATE(FLASH_PrefetchBuffer)); - - /* Enable or disable the Prefetch Buffer */ - FLASH->ACR &= ACR_PRFTBE_Mask; - FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_PrefetchBuffer; -} - -#ifdef _FLASH_PROG -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_Unlock -* Description : Unlocks the FLASH Program Erase Controller. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FLASH_Unlock(void) -{ - /* Authorize the FPEC Access */ - FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1; - FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_Lock -* Description : Locks the FLASH Program Erase Controller. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FLASH_Lock(void) -{ - /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the FCR */ - FLASH->CR |= CR_LOCK_Set; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_ErasePage -* Description : Erases a specified FLASH page. -* Input : - Page_Address: The page address to be erased. -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, -* FLASH_ERROR_PG, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or -* FLASH_TIMEOUT. -*******************************************************************************/ -FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(u32 Page_Address) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Page_Address)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */ - FLASH->CR|= CR_PER_Set; - FLASH->AR = Page_Address; - FLASH->CR|= CR_STRT_Set; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); - - if(status != FLASH_BUSY) - { - /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PER_Reset; - } - } - /* Return the Erase Status */ - return status; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_EraseAllPages -* Description : Erases all FLASH pages. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, -* FLASH_ERROR_PG, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or -* FLASH_TIMEOUT. -*******************************************************************************/ -FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */ - FLASH->CR |= CR_MER_Set; - FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); - - if(status != FLASH_BUSY) - { - /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_MER_Reset; - } - } - /* Return the Erase Status */ - return status; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_EraseOptionBytes -* Description : Erases the FLASH option bytes. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, -* FLASH_ERROR_PG, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or -* FLASH_TIMEOUT. -*******************************************************************************/ -FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseOptionBytes(void) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* Authorize the small information block programming */ - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; - - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */ - FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTER_Set; - FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTER_Reset; - - /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ - FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; - - /* Enable the readout access */ - OB->RDP= RDP_Key; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - - if(status != FLASH_BUSY) - { - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; - } - } - else - { - if (status != FLASH_BUSY) - { - /* Disable the OPTPG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; - } - } - } - /* Return the erase status */ - return status; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_ProgramWord -* Description : Programs a word at a specified address. -* Input : - Address: specifies the address to be programmed. -* - Data: specifies the data to be programmed. -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, -* FLASH_ERROR_PG, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or -* FLASH_TIMEOUT. -*******************************************************************************/ -FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(u32 Address, u32 Data) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first - half word */ - FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set; - - *(vu16*)Address = (u16)Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second - half word */ - *(vu16*)(Address + 2) = Data >> 16; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - - if(status != FLASH_BUSY) - { - /* Disable the PG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset; - } - } - else - { - if (status != FLASH_BUSY) - { - /* Disable the PG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset; - } - } - } - /* Return the Program Status */ - return status; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_ProgramHalfWord -* Description : Programs a half word at a specified address. -* Input : - Address: specifies the address to be programmed. -* - Data: specifies the data to be programmed. -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, -* FLASH_ERROR_PG, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or -* FLASH_TIMEOUT. -*******************************************************************************/ -FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(u32 Address, u16 Data) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ - FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set; - - *(vu16*)Address = Data; - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - - if(status != FLASH_BUSY) - { - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset; - } - } - /* Return the Program Status */ - return status; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData -* Description : Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address. -* Input : - Address: specifies the address to be programmed. -* This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806. -* - Data: specifies the data to be programmed. -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, -* FLASH_ERROR_PG, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or -* FLASH_TIMEOUT. -*******************************************************************************/ -FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData(u32 Address, u8 Data) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); - - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* Authorize the small information block programming */ - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; - - /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */ - FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; - *(vu16*)Address = Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - - if(status != FLASH_BUSY) - { - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; - } - } - /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */ - return status; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_EnableWriteProtection -* Description : Write protects the desired pages -* Input : - FLASH_Pages: specifies the address of the pages to be -* write protected. This parameter can be: -* - For STM32F10Xxx Medium-density devices (FLASH page size equal to 1 KB) -* - A value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to3 and -* FLASH_WRProt_Pages124to127 -* - For STM32F10Xxx High-density devices (FLASH page size equal to 2 KB) -* - A value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1 and -* FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61 or FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to255 -* - FLASH_WRProt_AllPages -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, -* FLASH_ERROR_PG, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or -* FLASH_TIMEOUT. -*******************************************************************************/ -FLASH_Status FLASH_EnableWriteProtection(u32 FLASH_Pages) -{ - u16 WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF; - - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_WRPROT_PAGE(FLASH_Pages)); - - FLASH_Pages = (u32)(~FLASH_Pages); - WRP0_Data = (vu16)(FLASH_Pages & WRP0_Mask); - WRP1_Data = (vu16)((FLASH_Pages & WRP1_Mask) >> 8); - WRP2_Data = (vu16)((FLASH_Pages & WRP2_Mask) >> 16); - WRP3_Data = (vu16)((FLASH_Pages & WRP3_Mask) >> 24); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* Authorizes the small information block programming */ - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; - FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; - - if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF) - { - OB->WRP0 = WRP0_Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - } - if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF)) - { - OB->WRP1 = WRP1_Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - } - - if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF)) - { - OB->WRP2 = WRP2_Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - } - - if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE)&& (WRP3_Data != 0xFF)) - { - OB->WRP3 = WRP3_Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - } - - if(status != FLASH_BUSY) - { - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; - } - } - /* Return the write protection operation Status */ - return status; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_ReadOutProtection -* Description : Enables or disables the read out protection. -* If the user has already programmed the other option bytes before -* calling this function, he must re-program them since this -* function erases all option bytes. -* Input : - Newstate: new state of the ReadOut Protection. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, -* FLASH_ERROR_PG, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or -* FLASH_TIMEOUT. -*******************************************************************************/ -FLASH_Status FLASH_ReadOutProtection(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* Authorizes the small information block programming */ - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; - - FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTER_Set; - FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTER_Reset; - - /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ - FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; - - if(NewState != DISABLE) - { - OB->RDP = 0x00; - } - else - { - OB->RDP = RDP_Key; - } - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); - - if(status != FLASH_BUSY) - { - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; - } - } - else - { - if(status != FLASH_BUSY) - { - /* Disable the OPTER Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTER_Reset; - } - } - } - /* Return the protection operation Status */ - return status; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig -* Description : Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / -* RST_STDBY. -* Input : - OB_IWDG: Selects the IWDG mode -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected -* - OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected -* - OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP -* - OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP -* - OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY -* - OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, -* FLASH_ERROR_PG, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or -* FLASH_TIMEOUT. -*******************************************************************************/ -FLASH_Status FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig(u16 OB_IWDG, u16 OB_STOP, u16 OB_STDBY) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG)); - assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP)); - assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY)); - - /* Authorize the small information block programming */ - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; - FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - - if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) - { - /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ - FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; - - OB->USER = ( OB_IWDG | OB_STOP |OB_STDBY) | (u16)0xF8; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); - - if(status != FLASH_BUSY) - { - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ - FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; - } - } - /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ - return status; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_GetUserOptionByte -* Description : Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : The FLASH User Option Bytes values:IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1) -* and RST_STDBY(Bit2). -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 FLASH_GetUserOptionByte(void) -{ - /* Return the User Option Byte */ - return (u32)(FLASH->OBR >> 2); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte -* Description : Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes Register value. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes Register value -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte(void) -{ - /* Return the Falsh write protection Register value */ - return (u32)(FLASH->WRPR); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus -* Description : Checks whether the FLASH Read Out Protection Status is set -* or not. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH ReadOut Protection Status(SET or RESET) -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus(void) -{ - FlagStatus readoutstatus = RESET; - - if ((FLASH->OBR & RDPRT_Mask) != (u32)RESET) - { - readoutstatus = SET; - } - else - { - readoutstatus = RESET; - } - return readoutstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus -* Description : Checks whether the FLASH Prefetch Buffer status is set or not. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH Prefetch Buffer Status (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus(void) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - if ((FLASH->ACR & ACR_PRFTBS_Mask) != (u32)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the new state of FLASH Prefetch Buffer Status (SET or RESET) */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts. -* Input : - FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be -* enabled or disabled. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - FLASH_IT_ERROR: FLASH Error Interrupt -* - FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of operation Interrupt -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FLASH_ITConfig(u16 FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if(NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the interrupt sources */ - FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the interrupt sources */ - FLASH->CR &= ~(u32)FLASH_IT; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not. -* Input : - FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH Busy flag -* - FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Program error flag -* - FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR: FLASH Write protected error flag -* - FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag -* - FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR: FLASH Option Byte error flag -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(u16 FLASH_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ; - - if(FLASH_FLAG == FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) - { - if((FLASH->OBR & FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) != (u32)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - } - else - { - if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (u32)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - } - /* Return the new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the FLASH’s pending flags. -* Input : - FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH Busy flag -* - FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Program error flag -* - FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR: FLASH Write protected error flag -* - FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FLASH_ClearFlag(u16 FLASH_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ; - - /* Clear the flags */ - FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_GetStatus -* Description : Returns the FLASH Status. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, -* FLASH_ERROR_PG, FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE -*******************************************************************************/ -FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void) -{ - FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) - { - flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY; - } - else - { - if(FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) - { - flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PG; - } - else - { - if(FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR) - { - flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP; - } - else - { - flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; - } - } - } - /* Return the Flash Status */ - return flashstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FLASH_WaitForLastOperation -* Description : Waits for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur. -* Input : - Timeout: FLASH progamming Timeout -* Output : None -* Return : FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, -* FLASH_ERROR_PG, FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or -* FLASH_TIMEOUT. -*******************************************************************************/ -FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(u32 Timeout) -{ - FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; - - /* Check for the Flash Status */ - status = FLASH_GetStatus(); - - /* Wait for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */ - while((status == FLASH_BUSY) && (Timeout != 0x00)) - { - delay(); - status = FLASH_GetStatus(); - Timeout--; - } - - if(Timeout == 0x00 ) - { - status = FLASH_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Return the operation status */ - return status; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : delay -* Description : Inserts a time delay. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -static void delay(void) -{ - vu32 i = 0; - - for(i = 0xFF; i != 0; i--) - { - } -} -#endif - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_fsmc.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_fsmc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4068a7f..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_fsmc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,861 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_fsmc.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the FSMC firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_fsmc.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* --------------------- FSMC registers bit mask ---------------------------- */ -/* FSMC BCRx Mask */ -#define BCR_MBKEN_Set ((u32)0x00000001) -#define BCR_MBKEN_Reset ((u32)0x000FFFFE) -#define BCR_FACCEN_Set ((u32)0x00000040) - -/* FSMC PCRx Mask */ -#define PCR_PBKEN_Set ((u32)0x00000004) -#define PCR_PBKEN_Reset ((u32)0x000FFFFB) -#define PCR_ECCEN_Set ((u32)0x00000040) -#define PCR_ECCEN_Reset ((u32)0x000FFFBF) -#define PCR_MemoryType_NAND ((u32)0x00000008) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : - FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 -* - FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 -* - FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 -* - FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(u32 FSMC_Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - - /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) - { - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030DB; - } - /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 or FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 */ - else - { - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030D2; - } - - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_NANDDeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the FSMC NAND Banks registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : - FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_NANDDeInit(u32 FSMC_Bank) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* Set the FSMC_Bank2 registers to their reset values */ - FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = 0x00000018; - FSMC_Bank2->SR2 = 0x00000040; - FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - } - /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */ - else - { - /* Set the FSMC_Bank3 registers to their reset values */ - FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = 0x00000018; - FSMC_Bank3->SR3 = 0x00000040; - FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_PCCARDDeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void) -{ - /* Set the FSMC_Bank4 registers to their reset values */ - FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = 0x00000018; - FSMC_Bank4->SR4 = 0x00000000; - FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; - FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_NORSRAMInit -* Description : Initializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks according to the -* specified parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct. -* Input : - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef -* structure that contains the configuration information for -* the FSMC NOR/SRAM specified Banks. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNC_WAIT(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsyncWait)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode)); - - /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM control register configuration */ - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = - (u32)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsyncWait | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst; - - if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR) - { - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] |= (u32)BCR_FACCEN_Set; - } - - /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register configuration */ - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank+1] = - (u32)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode; - - - - /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */ - if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable) - { - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode)); - - FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = - (u32)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4 )| - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) | - (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) | - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode; - } - else - { - FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_NANDInit -* Description : Initializes the FSMC NAND Banks according to the specified -* parameters in the FSMC_NANDInitStruct. -* Input : - FSMC_NANDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef -* structure that contains the configuration information for -* the FSMC NAND specified Banks. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct) -{ - u32 tmppcr = 0x00000000, tmppmem = 0x00000000, tmppatt = 0x00000000; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param( IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_DATA_WIDTH(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_LOW_MAPPING(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AddressLowMapping)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime)); - assert_param( IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime)); - - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); - - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); - - /* Set the tmppcr value according to FSMC_NANDInitStruct parameters */ - tmppcr = (u32)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature | - PCR_MemoryType_NAND | - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth | - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC | - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize | - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AddressLowMapping | - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9 )| - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13); - - /* Set tmppmem value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - tmppmem = (u32)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - /* Set tmppatt value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - tmppatt = (u32)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* FSMC_Bank2_NAND registers configuration */ - FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = tmppcr; - FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = tmppmem; - FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = tmppatt; - } - else - { - /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND registers configuration */ - FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = tmppcr; - FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = tmppmem; - FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = tmppatt; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_PCCARDInit -* Description : Initializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank according to the specified -* parameters in the FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct. -* Input : - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef -* structure that contains the configuration information for -* the FSMC PCCARD Bank. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_LOW_MAPPING(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AddressLowMapping)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime)); - - - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); - - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); - - assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); - - /* Set the PCR4 register value according to FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct parameters */ - FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = (u32)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature | - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AddressLowMapping | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9) | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13); - - /* Set PMEM4 register value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = (u32)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - /* Set PATT4 register value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = (u32)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); - - /* Set PIO4 register value according to FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ - FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = (u32)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| - (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit -* Description : Fills each FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef -* structure which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) -{ - /* Reset NOR/SRAM Init structure parameters values */ - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsyncWait = FSMC_AsyncWait_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF; - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_NANDStructInit -* Description : Fills each FSMC_NANDInitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef -* structure which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct) -{ - /* Reset NAND Init structure parameters values */ - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank2_NAND; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC = FSMC_ECC_Disable; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize = FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AddressLowMapping = FSMC_AddressLowMapping_Direct; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_PCCARDStructInit -* Description : Fills each FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef -* structure which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct) -{ - /* Reset PCCARD Init structure parameters values */ - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AddressLowMapping = FSMC_AddressLowMapping_Direct; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; - FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_NORSRAMCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified NOR/SRAM Memory Bank. -* Input : - FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 -* - FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 -* - FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 -* - FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 -* : - NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(u32 FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] |= BCR_MBKEN_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ - FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] &= BCR_MBKEN_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_NANDCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified NAND Memory Bank. -* Input : - FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND -* : - NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_NANDCmd(u32 FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected NAND Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set; - } - else - { - FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set; - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected NAND Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset; - } - else - { - FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset; - } - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_PCCARDCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the PCCARD Memory Bank. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the PCCARD Memory Bank. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the PCCARD Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ - FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the PCCARD Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ - FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_NANDECCCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the FSMC NAND ECC feature. -* Input : - FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND -* : - NewState: new state of the FSMC NAND ECC feature. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(u32 FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by setting the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_ECCEN_Set; - } - else - { - FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_ECCEN_Set; - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by clearing the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_ECCEN_Reset; - } - else - { - FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_ECCEN_Reset; - } - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_GetECC -* Description : Returns the error correction code register value. -* Input : - FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND -* Output : None -* Return : The Error Correction Code (ECC) value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 FSMC_GetECC(u32 FSMC_Bank) -{ - u32 eccval = 0x00000000; - - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - /* Get the ECCR2 register value */ - eccval = FSMC_Bank2->ECCR2; - } - else - { - /* Get the ECCR3 register value */ - eccval = FSMC_Bank3->ECCR3; - } - /* Return the error correction code value */ - return(eccval); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified FSMC interrupts. -* Input : - FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD -* - FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt sources to be -* enabled or disabled. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. -* - FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. -* - FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. -* - NewState: new state of the specified FSMC interrupts. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_ITConfig(u32 FSMC_Bank, u32 FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->SR2 |= FSMC_IT; - } - /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */ - else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank3->SR3 |= FSMC_IT; - } - /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */ - else - { - FSMC_Bank4->SR4 |= FSMC_IT; - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */ - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - - FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= (u32)~FSMC_IT; - } - /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */ - else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= (u32)~FSMC_IT; - } - /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */ - else - { - FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= (u32)~FSMC_IT; - } - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified FSMC flag is set or not. -* Input : - FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD -* - FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising egde detection Flag. -* - FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. -* - FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling egde detection Flag. -* - FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT: Fifo empty Flag. -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of FSMC_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(u32 FSMC_Bank, u32 FSMC_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - u32 tmpsr = 0x00000000; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG)); - - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2; - } - else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3; - } - /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ - else - { - tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4; - } - - /* Get the flag status */ - if ((tmpsr & FSMC_FLAG) != (u16)RESET ) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the flag status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the FSMC’s pending flags. -* Input : - FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD -* - FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising egde detection Flag. -* - FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. -* - FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling egde detection Flag. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_ClearFlag(u32 FSMC_Bank, u32 FSMC_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG)) ; - - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; - } - else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; - } - /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ - else - { - FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified FSMC interrupt has occurred or not. -* Input : - FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD -* - FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt source to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. -* - FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. -* - FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of FSMC_IT (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(u32 FSMC_Bank, u32 FSMC_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - u32 tmpsr = 0x0, itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_IT(FSMC_IT)); - - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2; - } - else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3; - } - /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ - else - { - tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4; - } - - itstatus = tmpsr & FSMC_IT; - - itenable = tmpsr & (FSMC_IT >> 3); - - if ((itstatus != (u32)RESET) && (itenable != (u32)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : FSMC_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears the FSMC’s interrupt pending bits. -* Input : - FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND -* - FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD -* - FSMC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. -* - FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. -* - FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(u32 FSMC_Bank, u32 FSMC_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); - assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT)); - - if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); - } - else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) - { - FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); - } - /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ - else - { - FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); - } -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_gpio.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_gpio.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1979c05..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_gpio.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,583 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_gpio.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the GPIO firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_gpio.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ -#define AFIO_OFFSET (AFIO_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) - -/* --- EVENTCR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of EVOE bit */ -#define EVCR_OFFSET (AFIO_OFFSET + 0x00) -#define EVOE_BitNumber ((u8)0x07) -#define EVCR_EVOE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (EVCR_OFFSET * 32) + (EVOE_BitNumber * 4)) - -#define EVCR_PORTPINCONFIG_MASK ((u16)0xFF80) -#define LSB_MASK ((u16)0xFFFF) -#define DBGAFR_POSITION_MASK ((u32)0x000F0000) -#define DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK ((u32)0xF0FFFFFF) -#define DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK ((u32)0x00200000) -#define DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK ((u32)0x00100000) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - - switch (*(u32*)&GPIOx) - { - case GPIOA_BASE: - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, DISABLE); - break; - - case GPIOB_BASE: - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, DISABLE); - break; - - case GPIOC_BASE: - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, DISABLE); - break; - - case GPIOD_BASE: - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, DISABLE); - break; - - case GPIOE_BASE: - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, DISABLE); - break; - - case GPIOF_BASE: - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, DISABLE); - break; - - case GPIOG_BASE: - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, DISABLE); - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_AFIODeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the Alternate Functions (remap, event control -* and EXTI configuration) registers to their default reset -* values. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_AFIODeInit(void) -{ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, DISABLE); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_Init -* Description : Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct. -* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. -* - GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that -* contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO -* peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) -{ - u32 currentmode = 0x00, currentpin = 0x00, pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00; - u32 tmpreg = 0x00, pinmask = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin)); - -/*---------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration -----------------------*/ - currentmode = ((u32)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) & ((u32)0x0F); - - if ((((u32)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) & ((u32)0x10)) != 0x00) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed)); - /* Output mode */ - currentmode |= (u32)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed; - } - -/*---------------------------- GPIO CRL Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Configure the eight low port pins */ - if (((u32)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin & ((u32)0x00FF)) != 0x00) - { - tmpreg = GPIOx->CRL; - - for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x08; pinpos++) - { - pos = ((u32)0x01) << pinpos; - /* Get the port pins position */ - currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos; - - if (currentpin == pos) - { - pos = pinpos << 2; - /* Clear the corresponding low control register bits */ - pinmask = ((u32)0x0F) << pos; - tmpreg &= ~pinmask; - - /* Write the mode configuration in the corresponding bits */ - tmpreg |= (currentmode << pos); - - /* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */ - if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPD) - { - GPIOx->BRR = (((u32)0x01) << pinpos); - } - else - { - /* Set the corresponding ODR bit */ - if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPU) - { - GPIOx->BSRR = (((u32)0x01) << pinpos); - } - } - } - } - GPIOx->CRL = tmpreg; - } - -/*---------------------------- GPIO CRH Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Configure the eight high port pins */ - if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin > 0x00FF) - { - tmpreg = GPIOx->CRH; - for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x08; pinpos++) - { - pos = (((u32)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08)); - /* Get the port pins position */ - currentpin = ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos); - if (currentpin == pos) - { - pos = pinpos << 2; - /* Clear the corresponding high control register bits */ - pinmask = ((u32)0x0F) << pos; - tmpreg &= ~pinmask; - - /* Write the mode configuration in the corresponding bits */ - tmpreg |= (currentmode << pos); - - /* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */ - if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPD) - { - GPIOx->BRR = (((u32)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08)); - } - /* Set the corresponding ODR bit */ - if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPU) - { - GPIOx->BSRR = (((u32)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08)); - } - } - } - GPIOx->CRH = tmpreg; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_StructInit -* Description : Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - GPIO_InitStruct : pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure -* which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) -{ - /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */ - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All; - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_2MHz; - GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_ReadInputDataBit -* Description : Reads the specified input port pin. -* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. -* : - GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. -* This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). -* Output : None -* Return : The input port pin value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u16 GPIO_Pin) -{ - u8 bitstatus = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (u32)Bit_RESET) - { - bitstatus = (u8)Bit_SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = (u8)Bit_RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_ReadInputData -* Description : Reads the specified GPIO input data port. -* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : GPIO input data port value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - - return ((u16)GPIOx->IDR); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit -* Description : Reads the specified output data port bit. -* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. -* : - GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. -* This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). -* Output : None -* Return : The output port pin value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u16 GPIO_Pin) -{ - u8 bitstatus = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) != (u32)Bit_RESET) - { - bitstatus = (u8)Bit_SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = (u8)Bit_RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_ReadOutputData -* Description : Reads the specified GPIO output data port. -* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : GPIO output data port value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - - return ((u16)GPIOx->ODR); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_SetBits -* Description : Sets the selected data port bits. -* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. -* - GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. -* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where -* x can be (0..15). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u16 GPIO_Pin) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_ResetBits -* Description : Clears the selected data port bits. -* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. -* - GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. -* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where -* x can be (0..15). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u16 GPIO_Pin) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_WriteBit -* Description : Sets or clears the selected data port bit. -* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. -* - GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. -* This parameter can be one of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). -* - BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. -* This parameter can be one of the BitAction enum values: -* - Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin -* - Bit_SET: to set the port pin -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u16 GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(BitVal)); - - if (BitVal != Bit_RESET) - { - GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; - } - else - { - GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_Write -* Description : Writes data to the specified GPIO data port. -* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. -* - PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output -* data register. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u16 PortVal) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - - GPIOx->ODR = PortVal; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_PinLockConfig -* Description : Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. -* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. -* - GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. -* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where -* x can be (0..15). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u16 GPIO_Pin) -{ - u32 tmp = 0x00010000; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - tmp |= GPIO_Pin; - /* Set LCKK bit */ - GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; - /* Reset LCKK bit */ - GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; - /* Set LCKK bit */ - GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; - /* Read LCKK bit*/ - tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; - /* Read LCKK bit*/ - tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_EventOutputConfig -* Description : Selects the GPIO pin used as Event output. -* Input : - GPIO_PortSource: selects the GPIO port to be used as source -* for Event output. -* This parameter can be GPIO_PortSourceGPIOx where x can be -* (A..E). -* - GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Event output. -* This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_EventOutputConfig(u8 GPIO_PortSource, u8 GPIO_PinSource) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_EVENTOUT_PORT_SOURCE(GPIO_PortSource)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource)); - - tmpreg = AFIO->EVCR; - /* Clear the PORT[6:4] and PIN[3:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= EVCR_PORTPINCONFIG_MASK; - tmpreg |= (u32)GPIO_PortSource << 0x04; - tmpreg |= GPIO_PinSource; - - AFIO->EVCR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_EventOutputCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the Event Output. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the Event output. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_EventOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) EVCR_EVOE_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_PinRemapConfig -* Description : Changes the mapping of the specified pin. -* Input : - GPIO_Remap: selects the pin to remap. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - GPIO_Remap_SPI1 -* - GPIO_Remap_I2C1 -* - GPIO_Remap_USART1 -* - GPIO_Remap_USART2 -* - GPIO_PartialRemap_USART3 -* - GPIO_FullRemap_USART3 -* - GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM1 -* - GPIO_FullRemap_TIM1 -* - GPIO_PartialRemap1_TIM2 -* - GPIO_PartialRemap2_TIM2 -* - GPIO_FullRemap_TIM2 -* - GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM3 -* - GPIO_FullRemap_TIM3 -* - GPIO_Remap_TIM4 -* - GPIO_Remap1_CAN -* - GPIO_Remap2_CAN -* - GPIO_Remap_PD01 -* - GPIO_Remap_TIM5CH4_LSI -* - GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGINJ -* - GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGREG -* - GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGINJ -* - GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGREG -* - GPIO_Remap_SWJ_NoJTRST -* - GPIO_Remap_SWJ_JTAGDisable -* - GPIO_Remap_SWJ_Disable -* - NewState: new state of the port pin remapping. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_PinRemapConfig(u32 GPIO_Remap, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - u32 tmp = 0x00, tmp1 = 0x00, tmpreg = 0x00, tmpmask = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_REMAP(GPIO_Remap)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - tmpreg = AFIO->MAPR; - - tmpmask = (GPIO_Remap & DBGAFR_POSITION_MASK) >> 0x10; - tmp = GPIO_Remap & LSB_MASK; - - if ((GPIO_Remap & (DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK | DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK)) == (DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK | DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK)) - { - tmpreg &= DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK; - AFIO->MAPR &= DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK; - } - else if ((GPIO_Remap & DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK) == DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK) - { - tmp1 = ((u32)0x03) << tmpmask; - tmpreg &= ~tmp1; - tmpreg |= ~DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK; - } - else - { - tmpreg &= ~(tmp << ((GPIO_Remap >> 0x15)*0x10)); - tmpreg |= ~DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK; - } - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - tmpreg |= (tmp << ((GPIO_Remap >> 0x15)*0x10)); - } - - AFIO->MAPR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : GPIO_EXTILineConfig -* Description : Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line. -* Input : - GPIO_PortSource: selects the GPIO port to be used as -* source for EXTI lines. -* This parameter can be GPIO_PortSourceGPIOx where x can be -* (A..G). -* - GPIO_PinSource: specifies the EXTI line to be configured. -* This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void GPIO_EXTILineConfig(u8 GPIO_PortSource, u8 GPIO_PinSource) -{ - u32 tmp = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(GPIO_PortSource)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource)); - - tmp = ((u32)0x0F) << (0x04 * (GPIO_PinSource & (u8)0x03)); - - AFIO->EXTICR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x02] &= ~tmp; - AFIO->EXTICR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x02] |= (((u32)GPIO_PortSource) << (0x04 * (GPIO_PinSource & (u8)0x03))); -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_i2c.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_i2c.c deleted file mode 100644 index 360f71d..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_i2c.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1216 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_i2c.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the I2C firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_i2c.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* I2C SPE mask */ -#define CR1_PE_Set ((u16)0x0001) -#define CR1_PE_Reset ((u16)0xFFFE) - -/* I2C START mask */ -#define CR1_START_Set ((u16)0x0100) -#define CR1_START_Reset ((u16)0xFEFF) - -/* I2C STOP mask */ -#define CR1_STOP_Set ((u16)0x0200) -#define CR1_STOP_Reset ((u16)0xFDFF) - -/* I2C ACK mask */ -#define CR1_ACK_Set ((u16)0x0400) -#define CR1_ACK_Reset ((u16)0xFBFF) - -/* I2C ENGC mask */ -#define CR1_ENGC_Set ((u16)0x0040) -#define CR1_ENGC_Reset ((u16)0xFFBF) - -/* I2C SWRST mask */ -#define CR1_SWRST_Set ((u16)0x8000) -#define CR1_SWRST_Reset ((u16)0x7FFF) - -/* I2C PEC mask */ -#define CR1_PEC_Set ((u16)0x1000) -#define CR1_PEC_Reset ((u16)0xEFFF) - -/* I2C ENPEC mask */ -#define CR1_ENPEC_Set ((u16)0x0020) -#define CR1_ENPEC_Reset ((u16)0xFFDF) - -/* I2C ENARP mask */ -#define CR1_ENARP_Set ((u16)0x0010) -#define CR1_ENARP_Reset ((u16)0xFFEF) - -/* I2C NOSTRETCH mask */ -#define CR1_NOSTRETCH_Set ((u16)0x0080) -#define CR1_NOSTRETCH_Reset ((u16)0xFF7F) - -/* I2C registers Masks */ -#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask ((u16)0xFBF5) - -/* I2C DMAEN mask */ -#define CR2_DMAEN_Set ((u16)0x0800) -#define CR2_DMAEN_Reset ((u16)0xF7FF) - -/* I2C LAST mask */ -#define CR2_LAST_Set ((u16)0x1000) -#define CR2_LAST_Reset ((u16)0xEFFF) - -/* I2C FREQ mask */ -#define CR2_FREQ_Reset ((u16)0xFFC0) - -/* I2C ADD0 mask */ -#define OAR1_ADD0_Set ((u16)0x0001) -#define OAR1_ADD0_Reset ((u16)0xFFFE) - -/* I2C ENDUAL mask */ -#define OAR2_ENDUAL_Set ((u16)0x0001) -#define OAR2_ENDUAL_Reset ((u16)0xFFFE) - -/* I2C ADD2 mask */ -#define OAR2_ADD2_Reset ((u16)0xFF01) - -/* I2C F/S mask */ -#define CCR_FS_Set ((u16)0x8000) - -/* I2C CCR mask */ -#define CCR_CCR_Set ((u16)0x0FFF) - -/* I2C FLAG mask */ -#define FLAG_Mask ((u32)0x00FFFFFF) - -/* I2C Interrupt Enable mask */ -#define ITEN_Mask ((u32)0x07000000) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the I2Cx peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - - switch (*(u32*)&I2Cx) - { - case I2C1_BASE: - /* Enable I2C1 reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, ENABLE); - /* Release I2C1 from reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, DISABLE); - break; - - case I2C2_BASE: - /* Enable I2C2 reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, ENABLE); - /* Release I2C2 from reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, DISABLE); - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_Init -* Description : Initializes the I2Cx peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the I2C_InitStruct. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - I2C_InitStruct: pointer to a I2C_InitTypeDef structure that -* contains the configuration information for the specified -* I2C peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct) -{ - u16 tmpreg = 0, freqrange = 0; - u16 result = 0x04; - u32 pclk1 = 8000000; - RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed)); - -/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */ - tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; - /* Clear frequency FREQ[5:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= CR2_FREQ_Reset; - /* Get pclk1 frequency value */ - RCC_GetClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks); - pclk1 = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; - /* Set frequency bits depending on pclk1 value */ - freqrange = (u16)(pclk1 / 1000000); - tmpreg |= freqrange; - /* Write to I2Cx CR2 */ - I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; - -/*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral to configure TRISE */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_PE_Reset; - - /* Reset tmpreg value */ - /* Clear F/S, DUTY and CCR[11:0] bits */ - tmpreg = 0; - - /* Configure speed in standard mode */ - if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 100000) - { - /* Standard mode speed calculate */ - result = (u16)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed << 1)); - /* Test if CCR value is under 0x4*/ - if (result < 0x04) - { - /* Set minimum allowed value */ - result = 0x04; - } - /* Set speed value for standard mode */ - tmpreg |= result; - /* Set Maximum Rise Time for standard mode */ - I2Cx->TRISE = freqrange + 1; - } - /* Configure speed in fast mode */ - else /*(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 400000)*/ - { - if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_2) - { - /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 2 */ - result = (u16)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 3)); - } - else /*I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9*/ - { - /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */ - result = (u16)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 25)); - /* Set DUTY bit */ - result |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9; - } - /* Test if CCR value is under 0x1*/ - if ((result & CCR_CCR_Set) == 0) - { - /* Set minimum allowed value */ - result |= (u16)0x0001; - } - /* Set speed value and set F/S bit for fast mode */ - tmpreg |= result | CCR_FS_Set; - /* Set Maximum Rise Time for fast mode */ - I2Cx->TRISE = (u16)(((freqrange * 300) / 1000) + 1); - } - /* Write to I2Cx CCR */ - I2Cx->CCR = tmpreg; - - /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_PE_Set; - -/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */ - tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1; - /* Clear ACK, SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits */ - tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask; - /* Configure I2Cx: mode and acknowledgement */ - /* Set SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits according to I2C_Mode value */ - /* Set ACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */ - tmpreg |= (u16)((u32)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack); - /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */ - I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg; - -/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Set I2Cx Own Address1 and acknowledged address */ - I2Cx->OAR1 = (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_StructInit -* Description : Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure -* which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct) -{ -/*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values ----------------*/ - /* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */ - I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C; - - /* Initialize the I2C_DutyCycle member */ - I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle = I2C_DutyCycle_2; - - /* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */ - I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0; - - /* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */ - I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable; - - /* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */ - I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit; - - /* initialize the I2C_ClockSpeed member */ - I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed = 5000; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_Cmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral. This parameter -* can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_PE_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_PE_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_DMACmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C DMA requests. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2C DMA transfer. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */ - I2Cx->CR2 |= CR2_DMAEN_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */ - I2Cx->CR2 &= CR2_DMAEN_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_DMALastTransferCmd -* Description : Specifies that the next DMA transfer is the last one. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2C DMA last transfer. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Next DMA transfer is the last transfer */ - I2Cx->CR2 |= CR2_LAST_Set; - } - else - { - /* Next DMA transfer is not the last transfer */ - I2Cx->CR2 &= CR2_LAST_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_GenerateSTART -* Description : Generates I2Cx communication START condition. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Generate a START condition */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_START_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the START condition generation */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_START_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_GenerateSTOP -* Description : Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Generate a STOP condition */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_STOP_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the STOP condition generation */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_STOP_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_AcknowledgeConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C acknowledge feature. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2C Acknowledgement. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the acknowledgement */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ACK_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the acknowledgement */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ACK_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_OwnAddress2Config -* Description : Configures the specified I2C own address2. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - Address: specifies the 7bit I2C own address2. -* Output : None -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u8 Address) -{ - u16 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - - /* Get the old register value */ - tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2; - /* Reset I2Cx Own address2 bit [7:1] */ - tmpreg &= OAR2_ADD2_Reset; - /* Set I2Cx Own address2 */ - tmpreg |= (u16)(Address & (u16)0x00FE); - /* Store the new register value */ - I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_DualAddressCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C dual addressing mode. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2C dual addressing mode. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable dual addressing mode */ - I2Cx->OAR2 |= OAR2_ENDUAL_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable dual addressing mode */ - I2Cx->OAR2 &= OAR2_ENDUAL_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_GeneralCallCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C general call feature. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2C General call. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable generall call */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ENGC_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable generall call */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ENGC_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled -* or disabled. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt mask -* - I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt mask -* - I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask -* - NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u16 I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */ - I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */ - I2Cx->CR2 &= (u16)~I2C_IT; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_SendData -* Description : Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - Data: Byte to be transmitted.. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u8 Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - - /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ - I2Cx->DR = Data; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_ReceiveData -* Description : Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : The value of the received data. -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - - /* Return the data in the DR register */ - return (u8)I2Cx->DR; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_Send7bitAddress -* Description : Transmits the address byte to select the slave device. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - Address: specifies the slave address which will be transmitted -* - I2C_Direction: specifies whether the I2C device will be a -* Transmitter or a Receiver. -* This parameter can be one of the following values -* - I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Transmitter mode -* - I2C_Direction_Receiver: Receiver mode -* Output : None -* Return : None. -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u8 Address, u8 I2C_Direction) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction)); - - /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */ - if (I2C_Direction != I2C_Direction_Transmitter) - { - /* Set the address bit0 for read */ - Address |= OAR1_ADD0_Set; - } - else - { - /* Reset the address bit0 for write */ - Address &= OAR1_ADD0_Reset; - } - /* Send the address */ - I2Cx->DR = Address; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_ReadRegister -* Description : Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value. -* Input1 : - I2C_Register: specifies the register to read. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - I2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register. -* - I2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register. -* - I2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register. -* - I2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register. -* - I2C_Register_DR: DR register. -* - I2C_Register_SR1: SR1 register. -* - I2C_Register_SR2: SR2 register. -* - I2C_Register_CCR: CCR register. -* - I2C_Register_TRISE: TRISE register. -* Output : None -* Return : The value of the read register. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u8 I2C_Register) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register)); - - /* Return the selected register value */ - return (*(vu16 *)(*((vu32 *)&I2Cx) + I2C_Register)); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_SoftwareResetCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2C software reset. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Peripheral under reset */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_SWRST_Set; - } - else - { - /* Peripheral not under reset */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_SWRST_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_SMBusAlertConfig -* Description : Drives the SMBusAlert pin high or low for the specified I2C. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - I2C_SMBusAlert: specifies SMBAlert pin level. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - I2C_SMBusAlert_Low: SMBAlert pin driven low -* - I2C_SMBusAlert_High: SMBAlert pin driven high -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u16 I2C_SMBusAlert) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(I2C_SMBusAlert)); - - if (I2C_SMBusAlert == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) - { - /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin Low */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_SMBusAlert_Low; - } - else - { - /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin High */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_SMBusAlert_High; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_TransmitPEC -* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C PEC transfer. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2C PEC transmission. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C PEC transmission */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_PEC_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C PEC transmission */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_PEC_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_PECPositionConfig -* Description : Selects the specified I2C PEC position. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - I2C_PECPosition: specifies the PEC position. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - I2C_PECPosition_Next: indicates that the next -* byte is PEC -* - I2C_PECPosition_Current: indicates that current -* byte is PEC -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u16 I2C_PECPosition) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(I2C_PECPosition)); - - if (I2C_PECPosition == I2C_PECPosition_Next) - { - /* Next byte in shift register is PEC */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_PECPosition_Next; - } - else - { - /* Current byte in shift register is PEC */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_PECPosition_Current; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_CalculatePEC -* Description : Enables or disables the PEC value calculation of the -* transfered bytes. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC value calculation. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C PEC calculation */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ENPEC_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C PEC calculation */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ENPEC_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_GetPEC -* Description : Returns the PEC value for the specified I2C. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : The PEC value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - - /* Return the selected I2C PEC value */ - return ((I2Cx->SR2) >> 8); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_ARPCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C ARP. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2Cx ARP. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C ARP */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ENARP_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C ARP */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ENARP_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_StretchClockCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified I2C Clock stretching. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState == DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected I2C Clock stretching */ - I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_NOSTRETCH_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected I2C Clock stretching */ - I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_NOSTRETCH_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig -* Description : Selects the specified I2C fast mode duty cycle. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - I2C_DutyCycle: specifies the fast mode duty cycle. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - I2C_DutyCycle_2: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 -* - I2C_DutyCycle_16_9: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u16 I2C_DutyCycle) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_DutyCycle)); - - if (I2C_DutyCycle != I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) - { - /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=2 */ - I2Cx->CCR &= I2C_DutyCycle_2; - } - else - { - /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=16/9 */ - I2Cx->CCR |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_GetLastEvent -* Description : Returns the last I2Cx Event. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : The last event -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) -{ - u32 lastevent = 0; - u32 flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - - /* Read the I2Cx status register */ - flag1 = I2Cx->SR1; - flag2 = I2Cx->SR2; - flag2 = flag2 << 16; - - /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */ - lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_Mask; - - /* Return status */ - return lastevent; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_CheckEvent -* Description : Checks whether the last I2Cx Event is equal to the one passed -* as parameter. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1 -* - I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED : EV2 -* - I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED : EV3 -* - I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE : EV3-2 -* - I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT : EV5 -* - I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECTED : EV6 -* - I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED : EV7 -* - I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED : EV8 -* - I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 : EV9 -* - I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED : EV4 -* Output : None -* Return : An ErrorStatus enumuration value: -* - SUCCESS: Last event is equal to the I2C_EVENT -* - ERROR: Last event is different from the I2C_EVENT -*******************************************************************************/ -ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u32 I2C_EVENT) -{ - u32 lastevent = 0; - u32 flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0; - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_EVENT(I2C_EVENT)); - - /* Read the I2Cx status register */ - flag1 = I2Cx->SR1; - flag2 = I2Cx->SR2; - flag2 = flag2 << 16; - - /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */ - lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_Mask; - - /* Check whether the last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */ - if (lastevent == I2C_EVENT ) - { - /* SUCCESS: last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */ - status = SUCCESS; - } - else - { - /* ERROR: last event is different from I2C_EVENT */ - status = ERROR; - } - - /* Return status */ - return status; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag (Slave mode) -* - I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST: SMBus host header (Slave mode) -* - I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT: SMBus default header (Slave mode) -* - I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call header flag (Slave mode) -* - I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag -* - I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag -* - I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag -* - I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag -* - I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag -* - I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag -* - I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) -* - I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag -* - I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) -* - I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag -* - I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter) -* - I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag -* - I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode) -* - I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode) -* - I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag -* - I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) “ADSL” -* Address matched flag (Slave mode)”ENDAD” -* - I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode) -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u32 I2C_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - u32 i2creg = 0, i2cxbase = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); - - /* Get the I2Cx peripheral base address */ - i2cxbase = (*(u32*)&(I2Cx)); - - /* Read flag register index */ - i2creg = I2C_FLAG >> 28; - - /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ - I2C_FLAG &= FLAG_Mask; - - if(i2creg != 0) - { - /* Get the I2Cx SR1 register address */ - i2cxbase += 0x14; - } - else - { - /* Flag in I2Cx SR2 Register */ - I2C_FLAG = (u32)(I2C_FLAG >> 16); - /* Get the I2Cx SR2 register address */ - i2cxbase += 0x18; - } - - if(((*(vu32 *)i2cxbase) & I2C_FLAG) != (u32)RESET) - { - /* I2C_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* I2C_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the I2C_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the I2Cx's pending flags. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following -* values: -* - I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag -* - I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag -* - I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag -* - I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) -* - I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag -* - I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) -* - I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag -* -* Notes: -* - STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software -* sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 register -* (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation -* to I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the -* I2C peripheral). -* - ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software -* sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 -* (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by writing the -* second byte of the address in DR register. -* - BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software -* sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 register -* (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read/write to -* I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). -* - ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: -* a read operation to I2C_SR1 register -* (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read operation to -* I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)). -* - SB (Start Bit) is cleared software sequence: a read -* operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) -* followed by a write operation to I2C_DR reigister -* (I2C_SendData()). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u32 I2C_FLAG) -{ - u32 flagpos = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); - - /* Get the I2C flag position */ - flagpos = I2C_FLAG & FLAG_Mask; - - /* Clear the selected I2C flag */ - I2Cx->SR1 = (u16)~flagpos; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag -* - I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag -* - I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag -* - I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) -* - I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure flag -* - I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) -* - I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error flag -* - I2C_IT_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter) -* - I2C_IT_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag -* - I2C_IT_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode) -* - I2C_IT_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode) -* - I2C_IT_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag -* - I2C_IT_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) “ADSL” -* Address matched flag (Slave mode)”ENDAD” -* - I2C_IT_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode) -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u32 I2C_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - u32 enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT)); - - /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */ - enablestatus = (u32)(((I2C_IT & ITEN_Mask) >> 16) & (I2Cx->CR2)) ; - - /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ - I2C_IT &= FLAG_Mask; - - /* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */ - if (((I2Cx->SR1 & I2C_IT) != (u32)RESET) && enablestatus) - { - /* I2C_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* I2C_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the I2C_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2C_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears the I2Cx’s interrupt pending bits. -* Input : - I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. -* - I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following -* values: -* - I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert interrupt -* - I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error interrupt -* - I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception interrupt -* - I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun interrupt (Slave mode) -* - I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure interrupt -* - I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost interrupt (Master mode) -* - I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error interrupt -* -* Notes: -* - STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software -* sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 register -* (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to -* I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C -* peripheral). -* - ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software -* sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 -* (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by writing the second -* byte of the address in I2C_DR register. -* - BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software -* sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 register -* (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a read/write to -* I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). -* - ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: -* a read operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) -* followed by a read operation to I2C_SR2 register -* ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)). -* - SB (Start Bit) is cleared by software sequence: a -* read operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) -* followed by a write operation to I2C_DR reigister -* (I2C_SendData()). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, u32 I2C_IT) -{ - u32 flagpos = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); - assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT)); - - /* Get the I2C flag position */ - flagpos = I2C_IT & FLAG_Mask; - - /* Clear the selected I2C flag */ - I2Cx->SR1 = (u16)~flagpos; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_iwdg.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_iwdg.c deleted file mode 100644 index 77cb094..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_iwdg.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_iwdg.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the IWDG firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_iwdg.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* ---------------------- IWDG registers bit mask ------------------------ */ -/* KR register bit mask */ -#define KR_KEY_Reload ((u16)0xAAAA) -#define KR_KEY_Enable ((u16)0xCCCC) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : IWDG_WriteAccessCmd -* Description : Enables or disables write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR -* registers. -* Input : - IWDG_WriteAccess: new state of write access to IWDG_PR and -* IWDG_RLR registers. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable: Enable write access to -* IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers -* - IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable: Disable write access to -* IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(u16 IWDG_WriteAccess) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(IWDG_WriteAccess)); - - IWDG->KR = IWDG_WriteAccess; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : IWDG_SetPrescaler -* Description : Sets IWDG Prescaler value. -* Input : - IWDG_Prescaler: specifies the IWDG Prescaler value. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - IWDG_Prescaler_4: IWDG prescaler set to 4 -* - IWDG_Prescaler_8: IWDG prescaler set to 8 -* - IWDG_Prescaler_16: IWDG prescaler set to 16 -* - IWDG_Prescaler_32: IWDG prescaler set to 32 -* - IWDG_Prescaler_64: IWDG prescaler set to 64 -* - IWDG_Prescaler_128: IWDG prescaler set to 128 -* - IWDG_Prescaler_256: IWDG prescaler set to 256 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void IWDG_SetPrescaler(u8 IWDG_Prescaler) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(IWDG_Prescaler)); - - IWDG->PR = IWDG_Prescaler; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : IWDG_SetReload -* Description : Sets IWDG Reload value. -* Input : - Reload: specifies the IWDG Reload value. -* This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x0FFF. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void IWDG_SetReload(u16 Reload) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(Reload)); - - IWDG->RLR = Reload; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : IWDG_ReloadCounter -* Description : Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register -* (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void) -{ - IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_Reload; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : IWDG_Enable -* Description : Enables IWDG (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers -* disabled). -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void IWDG_Enable(void) -{ - IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_Enable; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : IWDG_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified IWDG flag is set or not. -* Input : - IWDG_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Prescaler Value Update on going -* - IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Reload Value Update on going -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of IWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(u16 IWDG_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_IWDG_FLAG(IWDG_FLAG)); - - if ((IWDG->SR & IWDG_FLAG) != (u32)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the flag status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_lib.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_lib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 21d5ce5..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_lib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_lib.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all peripherals pointers initialization. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -#define EXT - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_lib.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifdef DEBUG -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : debug -* Description : This function initialize peripherals pointers. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void debug(void) -{ - -/************************************* ADC ************************************/ -#ifdef _ADC1 - ADC1 = (ADC_TypeDef *) ADC1_BASE; -#endif /*_ADC1 */ - -#ifdef _ADC2 - ADC2 = (ADC_TypeDef *) ADC2_BASE; -#endif /*_ADC2 */ - -#ifdef _ADC3 - ADC3 = (ADC_TypeDef *) ADC3_BASE; -#endif /*_ADC3 */ - -/************************************* BKP ************************************/ -#ifdef _BKP - BKP = (BKP_TypeDef *) BKP_BASE; -#endif /*_BKP */ - -/************************************* CAN ************************************/ -#ifdef _CAN - CAN = (CAN_TypeDef *) CAN_BASE; -#endif /*_CAN */ - -/************************************* CRC ************************************/ -#ifdef _CRC - CRC = (CRC_TypeDef *) CRC_BASE; -#endif /*_CRC */ - -/************************************* DAC ************************************/ -#ifdef _DAC - DAC = (DAC_TypeDef *) DAC_BASE; -#endif /*_DAC */ - -/************************************* DBGMCU**********************************/ -#ifdef _DBGMCU - DBGMCU = (DBGMCU_TypeDef *) DBGMCU_BASE; -#endif /*_DBGMCU */ - -/************************************* DMA ************************************/ -#ifdef _DMA - DMA1 = (DMA_TypeDef *) DMA1_BASE; - DMA2 = (DMA_TypeDef *) DMA2_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA */ - -#ifdef _DMA1_Channel1 - DMA1_Channel1 = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel1_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA1_Channel1 */ - -#ifdef _DMA1_Channel2 - DMA1_Channel2 = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel2_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA1_Channel2 */ - -#ifdef _DMA1_Channel3 - DMA1_Channel3 = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel3_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA1_Channel3 */ - -#ifdef _DMA1_Channel4 - DMA1_Channel4 = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel4_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA1_Channel4 */ - -#ifdef _DMA1_Channel5 - DMA1_Channel5 = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel5_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA1_Channel5 */ - -#ifdef _DMA1_Channel6 - DMA1_Channel6 = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel6_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA1_Channel6 */ - -#ifdef _DMA1_Channel7 - DMA1_Channel7 = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA1_Channel7_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA1_Channel7 */ - -#ifdef _DMA2_Channel1 - DMA2_Channel1 = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA2_Channel1_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA2_Channel1 */ - -#ifdef _DMA2_Channel2 - DMA2_Channel2 = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA2_Channel2_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA2_Channel2 */ - -#ifdef _DMA2_Channel3 - DMA2_Channel3 = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA2_Channel3_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA2_Channel3 */ - -#ifdef _DMA2_Channel4 - DMA2_Channel4 = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA2_Channel4_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA2_Channel4 */ - -#ifdef _DMA2_Channel5 - DMA2_Channel5 = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *) DMA2_Channel5_BASE; -#endif /*_DMA2_Channel5 */ - -/************************************* EXTI ***********************************/ -#ifdef _EXTI - EXTI = (EXTI_TypeDef *) EXTI_BASE; -#endif /*_EXTI */ - -/************************************* FLASH and Option Bytes *****************/ -#ifdef _FLASH - FLASH = (FLASH_TypeDef *) FLASH_R_BASE; - OB = (OB_TypeDef *) OB_BASE; -#endif /*_FLASH */ - -/************************************* FSMC ***********************************/ -#ifdef _FSMC - FSMC_Bank1 = (FSMC_Bank1_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank1_R_BASE; - FSMC_Bank1E = (FSMC_Bank1E_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank1E_R_BASE; - FSMC_Bank2 = (FSMC_Bank2_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank2_R_BASE; - FSMC_Bank3 = (FSMC_Bank3_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank3_R_BASE; - FSMC_Bank4 = (FSMC_Bank4_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank4_R_BASE; -#endif /*_FSMC */ - -/************************************* GPIO ***********************************/ -#ifdef _GPIOA - GPIOA = (GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOA_BASE; -#endif /*_GPIOA */ - -#ifdef _GPIOB - GPIOB = (GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOB_BASE; -#endif /*_GPIOB */ - -#ifdef _GPIOC - GPIOC = (GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOC_BASE; -#endif /*_GPIOC */ - -#ifdef _GPIOD - GPIOD = (GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOD_BASE; -#endif /*_GPIOD */ - -#ifdef _GPIOE - GPIOE = (GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOE_BASE; -#endif /*_GPIOE */ - -#ifdef _GPIOF - GPIOF = (GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOF_BASE; -#endif /*_GPIOF */ - -#ifdef _GPIOG - GPIOG = (GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOG_BASE; -#endif /*_GPIOG */ - -#ifdef _AFIO - AFIO = (AFIO_TypeDef *) AFIO_BASE; -#endif /*_AFIO */ - -/************************************* I2C ************************************/ -#ifdef _I2C1 - I2C1 = (I2C_TypeDef *) I2C1_BASE; -#endif /*_I2C1 */ - -#ifdef _I2C2 - I2C2 = (I2C_TypeDef *) I2C2_BASE; -#endif /*_I2C2 */ - -/************************************* IWDG ***********************************/ -#ifdef _IWDG - IWDG = (IWDG_TypeDef *) IWDG_BASE; -#endif /*_IWDG */ - -/************************************* NVIC ***********************************/ -#ifdef _NVIC - NVIC = (NVIC_TypeDef *) NVIC_BASE; - SCB = (SCB_TypeDef *) SCB_BASE; -#endif /*_NVIC */ - -/************************************* PWR ************************************/ -#ifdef _PWR - PWR = (PWR_TypeDef *) PWR_BASE; -#endif /*_PWR */ - -/************************************* RCC ************************************/ -#ifdef _RCC - RCC = (RCC_TypeDef *) RCC_BASE; -#endif /*_RCC */ - -/************************************* RTC ************************************/ -#ifdef _RTC - RTC = (RTC_TypeDef *) RTC_BASE; -#endif /*_RTC */ - -/************************************* SDIO ***********************************/ -#ifdef _SDIO - SDIO = (SDIO_TypeDef *) SDIO_BASE; -#endif /*_SDIO */ - -/************************************* SPI ************************************/ -#ifdef _SPI1 - SPI1 = (SPI_TypeDef *) SPI1_BASE; -#endif /*_SPI1 */ - -#ifdef _SPI2 - SPI2 = (SPI_TypeDef *) SPI2_BASE; -#endif /*_SPI2 */ - -#ifdef _SPI3 - SPI3 = (SPI_TypeDef *) SPI3_BASE; -#endif /*_SPI3 */ - -/************************************* SysTick ********************************/ -#ifdef _SysTick - SysTick = (SysTick_TypeDef *) SysTick_BASE; -#endif /*_SysTick */ - -/************************************* TIM ************************************/ -#ifdef _TIM1 - TIM1 = (TIM_TypeDef *) TIM1_BASE; -#endif /*_TIM1 */ - -#ifdef _TIM2 - TIM2 = (TIM_TypeDef *) TIM2_BASE; -#endif /*_TIM2 */ - -#ifdef _TIM3 - TIM3 = (TIM_TypeDef *) TIM3_BASE; -#endif /*_TIM3 */ - -#ifdef _TIM4 - TIM4 = (TIM_TypeDef *) TIM4_BASE; -#endif /*_TIM4 */ - -#ifdef _TIM5 - TIM5 = (TIM_TypeDef *) TIM5_BASE; -#endif /*_TIM5 */ - -#ifdef _TIM6 - TIM6 = (TIM_TypeDef *) TIM6_BASE; -#endif /*_TIM6 */ - -#ifdef _TIM7 - TIM7 = (TIM_TypeDef *) TIM7_BASE; -#endif /*_TIM7 */ - -#ifdef _TIM8 - TIM8 = (TIM_TypeDef *) TIM8_BASE; -#endif /*_TIM8 */ - -/************************************* USART **********************************/ -#ifdef _USART1 - USART1 = (USART_TypeDef *) USART1_BASE; -#endif /*_USART1 */ - -#ifdef _USART2 - USART2 = (USART_TypeDef *) USART2_BASE; -#endif /*_USART2 */ - -#ifdef _USART3 - USART3 = (USART_TypeDef *) USART3_BASE; -#endif /*_USART3 */ - -#ifdef _UART4 - UART4 = (USART_TypeDef *) UART4_BASE; -#endif /*_UART4 */ - -#ifdef _UART5 - UART5 = (USART_TypeDef *) UART5_BASE; -#endif /*_UART5 */ - -/************************************* WWDG ***********************************/ -#ifdef _WWDG - WWDG = (WWDG_TypeDef *) WWDG_BASE; -#endif /*_WWDG */ -} -#endif /* DEBUG*/ - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_nvic.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_nvic.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0ce30af..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_nvic.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,751 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_nvic.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the NVIC firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_nvic.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK ((u32)0x05FA0000) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the NVIC peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_DeInit(void) -{ - u32 index = 0; - - NVIC->ICER[0] = 0xFFFFFFFF; - NVIC->ICER[1] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - NVIC->ICPR[0] = 0xFFFFFFFF; - NVIC->ICPR[1] = 0x0FFFFFFF; - - for(index = 0; index < 0x0F; index++) - { - NVIC->IPR[index] = 0x00000000; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_SCBDeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the SCB peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_SCBDeInit(void) -{ - u32 index = 0x00; - - SCB->ICSR = 0x0A000000; - SCB->VTOR = 0x00000000; - SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK; - SCB->SCR = 0x00000000; - SCB->CCR = 0x00000000; - for(index = 0; index < 0x03; index++) - { - SCB->SHPR[index] = 0; - } - SCB->SHCSR = 0x00000000; - SCB->CFSR = 0xFFFFFFFF; - SCB->HFSR = 0xFFFFFFFF; - SCB->DFSR = 0xFFFFFFFF; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig -* Description : Configures the priority grouping: pre-emption priority -* and subpriority. -* Input : - NVIC_PriorityGroup: specifies the priority grouping bits -* length. This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - NVIC_PriorityGroup_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority -* 4 bits for subpriority -* - NVIC_PriorityGroup_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority -* 3 bits for subpriority -* - NVIC_PriorityGroup_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority -* 2 bits for subpriority -* - NVIC_PriorityGroup_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority -* 1 bits for subpriority -* - NVIC_PriorityGroup_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority -* 0 bits for subpriority -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(u32 NVIC_PriorityGroup) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(NVIC_PriorityGroup)); - - /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to NVIC_PriorityGroup value */ - SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | NVIC_PriorityGroup; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_Init -* Description : Initializes the NVIC peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the NVIC_InitStruct. -* Input : - NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified NVIC peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct) -{ - u32 tmppriority = 0x00, tmpreg = 0x00, tmpmask = 0x00; - u32 tmppre = 0, tmpsub = 0x0F; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd)); - assert_param(IS_NVIC_IRQ_CHANNEL(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel)); - assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority)); - assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority)); - - if (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd != DISABLE) - { - /* Compute the Corresponding IRQ Priority --------------------------------*/ - tmppriority = (0x700 - (SCB->AIRCR & (u32)0x700))>> 0x08; - tmppre = (0x4 - tmppriority); - tmpsub = tmpsub >> tmppriority; - - tmppriority = (u32)NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority << tmppre; - tmppriority |= NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority & tmpsub; - - tmppriority = tmppriority << 0x04; - tmppriority = ((u32)tmppriority) << ((NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (u8)0x03) * 0x08); - - tmpreg = NVIC->IPR[(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x02)]; - tmpmask = (u32)0xFF << ((NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (u8)0x03) * 0x08); - tmpreg &= ~tmpmask; - tmppriority &= tmpmask; - tmpreg |= tmppriority; - - NVIC->IPR[(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x02)] = tmpreg; - - /* Enable the Selected IRQ Channels --------------------------------------*/ - NVIC->ISER[(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05)] = - (u32)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (u8)0x1F); - } - else - { - /* Disable the Selected IRQ Channels -------------------------------------*/ - NVIC->ICER[(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05)] = - (u32)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (u8)0x1F); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_StructInit -* Description : Fills each NVIC_InitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure which -* will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_StructInit(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct) -{ - /* NVIC_InitStruct members default value */ - NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel = 0x00; - NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority = 0x00; - NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority = 0x00; - NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd = DISABLE; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_SETPRIMASK -* Description : Enables the PRIMASK priority: Raises the execution priority to 0. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_SETPRIMASK(void) -{ - __SETPRIMASK(); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_RESETPRIMASK -* Description : Disables the PRIMASK priority. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_RESETPRIMASK(void) -{ - __RESETPRIMASK(); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_SETFAULTMASK -* Description : Enables the FAULTMASK priority: Raises the execution priority to -1. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_SETFAULTMASK(void) -{ - __SETFAULTMASK(); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_RESETFAULTMASK -* Description : Disables the FAULTMASK priority. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_RESETFAULTMASK(void) -{ - __RESETFAULTMASK(); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_BASEPRICONFIG -* Description : The execution priority can be changed from 15 (lowest - configurable priority) to 1. Writing a zero value will disable -* the mask of execution priority. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_BASEPRICONFIG(u32 NewPriority) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_BASE_PRI(NewPriority)); - - __BASEPRICONFIG(NewPriority << 0x04); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_GetBASEPRI -* Description : Returns the BASEPRI mask value. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : BASEPRI register value -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 NVIC_GetBASEPRI(void) -{ - return (__GetBASEPRI()); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_GetCurrentPendingIRQChannel -* Description : Returns the current pending IRQ channel identifier. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : Pending IRQ Channel Identifier. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 NVIC_GetCurrentPendingIRQChannel(void) -{ - return ((u16)((SCB->ICSR & (u32)0x003FF000) >> 0x0C)); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_GetIRQChannelPendingBitStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified IRQ Channel pending bit is set -* or not. -* Input : - NVIC_IRQChannel: specifies the interrupt pending bit to check. -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of IRQ Channel pending bit(SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus NVIC_GetIRQChannelPendingBitStatus(u8 NVIC_IRQChannel) -{ - ITStatus pendingirqstatus = RESET; - u32 tmp = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_IRQ_CHANNEL(NVIC_IRQChannel)); - - tmp = ((u32)0x01 << (NVIC_IRQChannel & (u32)0x1F)); - - if (((NVIC->ISPR[(NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05)]) & tmp) == tmp) - { - pendingirqstatus = SET; - } - else - { - pendingirqstatus = RESET; - } - return pendingirqstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_SetIRQChannelPendingBit -* Description : Sets the NVIC’s interrupt pending bit. -* Input : - NVIC_IRQChannel: specifies the interrupt pending bit to Set. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_SetIRQChannelPendingBit(u8 NVIC_IRQChannel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_IRQ_CHANNEL(NVIC_IRQChannel)); - - *(vu32*) 0xE000EF00 = (u32)NVIC_IRQChannel; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_ClearIRQChannelPendingBit -* Description : Clears the NVIC’s interrupt pending bit. -* Input : - NVIC_IRQChannel: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_ClearIRQChannelPendingBit(u8 NVIC_IRQChannel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_IRQ_CHANNEL(NVIC_IRQChannel)); - - NVIC->ICPR[(NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05)] = (u32)0x01 << (NVIC_IRQChannel & (u32)0x1F); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_GetCurrentActiveHandler -* Description : Returns the current active Handler (IRQ Channel and -* SystemHandler) identifier. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : Active Handler Identifier. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 NVIC_GetCurrentActiveHandler(void) -{ - return ((u16)(SCB->ICSR & (u32)0x3FF)); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_GetIRQChannelActiveBitStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified IRQ Channel active bit is set -* or not. -* Input : - NVIC_IRQChannel: specifies the interrupt active bit to check. -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of IRQ Channel active bit(SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus NVIC_GetIRQChannelActiveBitStatus(u8 NVIC_IRQChannel) -{ - ITStatus activeirqstatus = RESET; - u32 tmp = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_IRQ_CHANNEL(NVIC_IRQChannel)); - - tmp = ((u32)0x01 << (NVIC_IRQChannel & (u32)0x1F)); - - if (((NVIC->IABR[(NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05)]) & tmp) == tmp ) - { - activeirqstatus = SET; - } - else - { - activeirqstatus = RESET; - } - return activeirqstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_GetCPUID -* Description : Returns the ID number, the version number and the implementation -* details of the Cortex-M3 core. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : CPU ID. -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 NVIC_GetCPUID(void) -{ - return (SCB->CPUID); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_SetVectorTable -* Description : Sets the vector table location and Offset. -* Input : - NVIC_VectTab: specifies if the vector table is in RAM or -* FLASH memory. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - NVIC_VectTab_RAM -* - NVIC_VectTab_FLASH -* - Offset: Vector Table base offset field. -* This value must be a multiple of 0x100. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_SetVectorTable(u32 NVIC_VectTab, u32 Offset) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(NVIC_VectTab)); - assert_param(IS_NVIC_OFFSET(Offset)); - - SCB->VTOR = NVIC_VectTab | (Offset & (u32)0x1FFFFF80); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_GenerateSystemReset -* Description : Generates a system reset. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_GenerateSystemReset(void) -{ - SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | (u32)0x04; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_GenerateCoreReset -* Description : Generates a Core (Core + NVIC) reset. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_GenerateCoreReset(void) -{ - SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | (u32)0x01; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_SystemLPConfig -* Description : Selects the condition for the system to enter low power mode. -* Input : - LowPowerMode: Specifies the new mode for the system to enter -* low power mode. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND -* - NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP -* - NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT -* - NewState: new state of LP condition. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(u8 LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_LP(LowPowerMode)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - SCB->SCR |= LowPowerMode; - } - else - { - SCB->SCR &= (u32)(~(u32)LowPowerMode); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_SystemHandlerConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified System Handlers. -* Input : - SystemHandler: specifies the system handler to be enabled -* or disabled. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SystemHandler_MemoryManage -* - SystemHandler_BusFault -* - SystemHandler_UsageFault -* - NewState: new state of specified System Handlers. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_SystemHandlerConfig(u32 SystemHandler, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CONFIG_SYSTEM_HANDLER(SystemHandler)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - tmpreg = (u32)0x01 << (SystemHandler & (u32)0x1F); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - SCB->SHCSR |= tmpreg; - } - else - { - SCB->SHCSR &= ~tmpreg; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_SystemHandlerPriorityConfig -* Description : Configures the specified System Handlers priority. -* Input : - SystemHandler: specifies the system handler to be -* enabled or disabled. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SystemHandler_MemoryManage -* - SystemHandler_BusFault -* - SystemHandler_UsageFault -* - SystemHandler_SVCall -* - SystemHandler_DebugMonitor -* - SystemHandler_PSV -* - SystemHandler_SysTick -* - SystemHandlerPreemptionPriority: new priority group of the -* specified system handlers. -* - SystemHandlerSubPriority: new sub priority of the specified -* system handlers. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_SystemHandlerPriorityConfig(u32 SystemHandler, u8 SystemHandlerPreemptionPriority, - u8 SystemHandlerSubPriority) -{ - u32 tmp1 = 0x00, tmp2 = 0xFF, handlermask = 0x00; - u32 tmppriority = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PRIORITY_SYSTEM_HANDLER(SystemHandler)); - assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(SystemHandlerPreemptionPriority)); - assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SystemHandlerSubPriority)); - - tmppriority = (0x700 - (SCB->AIRCR & (u32)0x700))>> 0x08; - tmp1 = (0x4 - tmppriority); - tmp2 = tmp2 >> tmppriority; - - tmppriority = (u32)SystemHandlerPreemptionPriority << tmp1; - tmppriority |= SystemHandlerSubPriority & tmp2; - - tmppriority = tmppriority << 0x04; - tmp1 = SystemHandler & (u32)0xC0; - tmp1 = tmp1 >> 0x06; - tmp2 = (SystemHandler >> 0x08) & (u32)0x03; - tmppriority = tmppriority << (tmp2 * 0x08); - handlermask = (u32)0xFF << (tmp2 * 0x08); - - SCB->SHPR[tmp1] &= ~handlermask; - SCB->SHPR[tmp1] |= tmppriority; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_GetSystemHandlerPendingBitStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified System handlers pending bit is -* set or not. -* Input : - SystemHandler: specifies the system handler pending bit to -* check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SystemHandler_MemoryManage -* - SystemHandler_BusFault -* - SystemHandler_SVCall -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of System Handler pending bit(SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus NVIC_GetSystemHandlerPendingBitStatus(u32 SystemHandler) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - u32 tmp = 0x00, tmppos = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GET_PENDING_SYSTEM_HANDLER(SystemHandler)); - - tmppos = (SystemHandler >> 0x0A); - tmppos &= (u32)0x0F; - - tmppos = (u32)0x01 << tmppos; - - tmp = SCB->SHCSR & tmppos; - - if (tmp == tmppos) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_SetSystemHandlerPendingBit -* Description : Sets System Handler pending bit. -* Input : - SystemHandler: specifies the system handler pending bit -* to be set. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SystemHandler_NMI -* - SystemHandler_PSV -* - SystemHandler_SysTick -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_SetSystemHandlerPendingBit(u32 SystemHandler) -{ - u32 tmp = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SET_PENDING_SYSTEM_HANDLER(SystemHandler)); - - /* Get the System Handler pending bit position */ - tmp = SystemHandler & (u32)0x1F; - /* Set the corresponding System Handler pending bit */ - SCB->ICSR |= ((u32)0x01 << tmp); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_ClearSystemHandlerPendingBit -* Description : Clears System Handler pending bit. -* Input : - SystemHandler: specifies the system handler pending bit to -* be clear. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SystemHandler_PSV -* - SystemHandler_SysTick -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void NVIC_ClearSystemHandlerPendingBit(u32 SystemHandler) -{ - u32 tmp = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_CLEAR_SYSTEM_HANDLER(SystemHandler)); - - /* Get the System Handler pending bit position */ - tmp = SystemHandler & (u32)0x1F; - /* Clear the corresponding System Handler pending bit */ - SCB->ICSR |= ((u32)0x01 << (tmp - 0x01)); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_GetSystemHandlerActiveBitStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified System handlers active bit is -* set or not. -* Input : - SystemHandler: specifies the system handler active bit to -* check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SystemHandler_MemoryManage -* - SystemHandler_BusFault -* - SystemHandler_UsageFault -* - SystemHandler_SVCall -* - SystemHandler_DebugMonitor -* - SystemHandler_PSV -* - SystemHandler_SysTick -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of System Handler active bit(SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus NVIC_GetSystemHandlerActiveBitStatus(u32 SystemHandler) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - u32 tmp = 0x00, tmppos = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GET_ACTIVE_SYSTEM_HANDLER(SystemHandler)); - - tmppos = (SystemHandler >> 0x0E) & (u32)0x0F; - - tmppos = (u32)0x01 << tmppos; - - tmp = SCB->SHCSR & tmppos; - - if (tmp == tmppos) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_GetFaultHandlerSources -* Description : Returns the system fault handlers sources. -* Input : - SystemHandler: specifies the system handler to get its fault -* sources. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SystemHandler_HardFault -* - SystemHandler_MemoryManage -* - SystemHandler_BusFault -* - SystemHandler_UsageFault -* - SystemHandler_DebugMonitor -* Output : None -* Return : Source of the fault handler. -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 NVIC_GetFaultHandlerSources(u32 SystemHandler) -{ - u32 faultsources = 0x00; - u32 tmpreg = 0x00, tmppos = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FAULT_SOURCE_SYSTEM_HANDLER(SystemHandler)); - - tmpreg = (SystemHandler >> 0x12) & (u32)0x03; - tmppos = (SystemHandler >> 0x14) & (u32)0x03; - - if (tmpreg == 0x00) - { - faultsources = SCB->HFSR; - } - else if (tmpreg == 0x01) - { - faultsources = SCB->CFSR >> (tmppos * 0x08); - if (tmppos != 0x02) - { - faultsources &= (u32)0x0F; - } - else - { - faultsources &= (u32)0xFF; - } - } - else - { - faultsources = SCB->DFSR; - } - return faultsources; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : NVIC_GetFaultAddress -* Description : Returns the address of the location that generated a fault -* handler. -* Input : - SystemHandler: specifies the system handler to get its -* fault address. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SystemHandler_MemoryManage -* - SystemHandler_BusFault -* Output : None -* Return : Fault address. -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 NVIC_GetFaultAddress(u32 SystemHandler) -{ - u32 faultaddress = 0x00; - u32 tmp = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FAULT_ADDRESS_SYSTEM_HANDLER(SystemHandler)); - - tmp = (SystemHandler >> 0x16) & (u32)0x01; - - if (tmp == 0x00) - { - faultaddress = SCB->MMFAR; - } - else - { - faultaddress = SCB->BFAR; - } - return faultaddress; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_pwr.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_pwr.c deleted file mode 100644 index e02594a..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_pwr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,280 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_pwr.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the PWR firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_pwr.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* --------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------- */ -#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) - -/* --- CR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of DBP bit */ -#define CR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x00) -#define DBP_BitNumber 0x08 -#define CR_DBP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (DBP_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */ -#define PVDE_BitNumber 0x04 -#define CR_PVDE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PVDE_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- CSR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of EWUP bit */ -#define CSR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x04) -#define EWUP_BitNumber 0x08 -#define CSR_EWUP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* ------------------ PWR registers bit mask ------------------------ */ -/* CR register bit mask */ -#define CR_PDDS_Set ((u32)0x00000002) -#define CR_DS_Mask ((u32)0xFFFFFFFC) -#define CR_CWUF_Set ((u32)0x00000004) -#define CR_PLS_Mask ((u32)0xFFFFFF1F) - -/* --------- Cortex System Control register bit mask ---------------- */ -/* Cortex System Control register address */ -#define SCB_SysCtrl ((u32)0xE000ED10) -/* SLEEPDEEP bit mask */ -#define SysCtrl_SLEEPDEEP_Set ((u32)0x00000004) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : PWR_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void PWR_DeInit(void) -{ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : PWR_BackupAccessCmd -* Description : Enables or disables access to the RTC and backup registers. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the access to the RTC and backup -* registers. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CR_DBP_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : PWR_PVDCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). -* Input : - NewState: new state of the PVD. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CR_PVDE_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : PWR_PVDLevelConfig -* Description : Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage -* Detector(PVD). -* Input : - PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - PWR_PVDLevel_2V2: PVD detection level set to 2.2V -* - PWR_PVDLevel_2V3: PVD detection level set to 2.3V -* - PWR_PVDLevel_2V4: PVD detection level set to 2.4V -* - PWR_PVDLevel_2V5: PVD detection level set to 2.5V -* - PWR_PVDLevel_2V6: PVD detection level set to 2.6V -* - PWR_PVDLevel_2V7: PVD detection level set to 2.7V -* - PWR_PVDLevel_2V8: PVD detection level set to 2.8V -* - PWR_PVDLevel_2V9: PVD detection level set to 2.9V -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(u32 PWR_PVDLevel) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(PWR_PVDLevel)); - - tmpreg = PWR->CR; - - /* Clear PLS[7:5] bits */ - tmpreg &= CR_PLS_Mask; - - /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PWR_PVDLevel value */ - tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel; - - /* Store the new value */ - PWR->CR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : PWR_WakeUpPinCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CSR_EWUP_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : PWR_EnterSTOPMode -* Description : Enters STOP mode. -* Input : - PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON -* - PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with -* regulator in low power mode -* - PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or -* WFE instruction. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction -* - PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(u32 PWR_Regulator, u8 PWR_STOPEntry) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator)); - assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry)); - - /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ - tmpreg = PWR->CR; - - /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */ - tmpreg &= CR_DS_Mask; - - /* Set LPDS bit according to PWR_Regulator value */ - tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator; - - /* Store the new value */ - PWR->CR = tmpreg; - - /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - *(vu32 *) SCB_SysCtrl |= SysCtrl_SLEEPDEEP_Set; - - /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ - if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) - { - /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ - __WFI(); - } - else - { - /* Request Wait For Event */ - __WFE(); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode -* Description : Enters STANDBY mode. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) -{ - /* Clear Wake-up flag */ - PWR->CR |= CR_CWUF_Set; - - /* Select STANDBY mode */ - PWR->CR |= CR_PDDS_Set; - - /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - *(vu32 *) SCB_SysCtrl |= SysCtrl_SLEEPDEEP_Set; - - /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ - __WFI(); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : PWR_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not. -* Input : - PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag -* - PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag -* - PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(u32 PWR_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); - - if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (u32)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the flag status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : PWR_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the PWR's pending flags. -* Input : - PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag -* - PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void PWR_ClearFlag(u32 PWR_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); - - PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_rcc.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_rcc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0ab6387..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_rcc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1104 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_rcc.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the RCC firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ -#define RCC_OFFSET (RCC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) - -/* --- CR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of HSION bit */ -#define CR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x00) -#define HSION_BitNumber 0x00 -#define CR_HSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (HSION_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of PLLON bit */ -#define PLLON_BitNumber 0x18 -#define CR_PLLON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLON_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of CSSON bit */ -#define CSSON_BitNumber 0x13 -#define CR_CSSON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (CSSON_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- CFGR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of USBPRE bit */ -#define CFGR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x04) -#define USBPRE_BitNumber 0x16 -#define CFGR_USBPRE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (USBPRE_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- BDCR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of RTCEN bit */ -#define BDCR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x20) -#define RTCEN_BitNumber 0x0F -#define BDCR_RTCEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (RTCEN_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of BDRST bit */ -#define BDRST_BitNumber 0x10 -#define BDCR_BDRST_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (BDRST_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- CSR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of LSION bit */ -#define CSR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x24) -#define LSION_BitNumber 0x00 -#define CSR_LSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (LSION_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* ---------------------- RCC registers bit mask ------------------------ */ -/* CR register bit mask */ -#define CR_HSEBYP_Reset ((u32)0xFFFBFFFF) -#define CR_HSEBYP_Set ((u32)0x00040000) -#define CR_HSEON_Reset ((u32)0xFFFEFFFF) -#define CR_HSEON_Set ((u32)0x00010000) -#define CR_HSITRIM_Mask ((u32)0xFFFFFF07) - -/* CFGR register bit mask */ -#define CFGR_PLL_Mask ((u32)0xFFC0FFFF) -#define CFGR_PLLMull_Mask ((u32)0x003C0000) -#define CFGR_PLLSRC_Mask ((u32)0x00010000) -#define CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Mask ((u32)0x00020000) -#define CFGR_SWS_Mask ((u32)0x0000000C) -#define CFGR_SW_Mask ((u32)0xFFFFFFFC) -#define CFGR_HPRE_Reset_Mask ((u32)0xFFFFFF0F) -#define CFGR_HPRE_Set_Mask ((u32)0x000000F0) -#define CFGR_PPRE1_Reset_Mask ((u32)0xFFFFF8FF) -#define CFGR_PPRE1_Set_Mask ((u32)0x00000700) -#define CFGR_PPRE2_Reset_Mask ((u32)0xFFFFC7FF) -#define CFGR_PPRE2_Set_Mask ((u32)0x00003800) -#define CFGR_ADCPRE_Reset_Mask ((u32)0xFFFF3FFF) -#define CFGR_ADCPRE_Set_Mask ((u32)0x0000C000) - -/* CSR register bit mask */ -#define CSR_RMVF_Set ((u32)0x01000000) - -/* RCC Flag Mask */ -#define FLAG_Mask ((u8)0x1F) - -/* Typical Value of the HSI in Hz */ -#define HSI_Value ((u32)8000000) - -/* CIR register byte 2 (Bits[15:8]) base address */ -#define CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((u32)0x40021009) -/* CIR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ -#define CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((u32)0x4002100A) - -/* CFGR register byte 4 (Bits[31:24]) base address */ -#define CFGR_BYTE4_ADDRESS ((u32)0x40021007) - -/* BDCR register base address */ -#define BDCR_ADDRESS (PERIPH_BASE + BDCR_OFFSET) - -/* Time out for HSE start up */ -#define HSEStartUp_TimeOut ((u16)0x01FF) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -static uc8 APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; -static uc8 ADCPrescTable[4] = {2, 4, 6, 8}; - -static volatile FlagStatus HSEStatus; -static vu32 StartUpCounter = 0; - -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_DeInit -* Description : Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Set HSION bit */ - RCC->CR |= (u32)0x00000001; - - /* Reset SW[1:0], HPRE[3:0], PPRE1[2:0], PPRE2[2:0], ADCPRE[1:0] and MCO[2:0] bits */ - RCC->CFGR &= (u32)0xF8FF0000; - - /* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */ - RCC->CR &= (u32)0xFEF6FFFF; - - /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ - RCC->CR &= (u32)0xFFFBFFFF; - - /* Reset PLLSRC, PLLXTPRE, PLLMUL[3:0] and USBPRE bits */ - RCC->CFGR &= (u32)0xFF80FFFF; - - /* Disable all interrupts */ - RCC->CIR = 0x00000000; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_HSEConfig -* Description : Configures the External High Speed oscillator (HSE). -* HSE can not be stopped if it is used directly or through the -* PLL as system clock. -* Input : - RCC_HSE: specifies the new state of the HSE. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_HSE_OFF: HSE oscillator OFF -* - RCC_HSE_ON: HSE oscillator ON -* - RCC_HSE_Bypass: HSE oscillator bypassed with external -* clock -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_HSEConfig(u32 RCC_HSE) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_HSE)); - - /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE ------------------*/ - /* Reset HSEON bit */ - RCC->CR &= CR_HSEON_Reset; - - /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ - RCC->CR &= CR_HSEBYP_Reset; - - /* Configure HSE (RCC_HSE_OFF is already covered by the code section above) */ - switch(RCC_HSE) - { - case RCC_HSE_ON: - /* Set HSEON bit */ - RCC->CR |= CR_HSEON_Set; - break; - - case RCC_HSE_Bypass: - /* Set HSEBYP and HSEON bits */ - RCC->CR |= CR_HSEBYP_Set | CR_HSEON_Set; - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp -* Description : Waits for HSE start-up. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : An ErrorStatus enumuration value: -* - SUCCESS: HSE oscillator is stable and ready to use -* - ERROR: HSE oscillator not yet ready -*******************************************************************************/ -ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void) -{ - ErrorStatus status = ERROR; - - /* Wait till HSE is ready and if Time out is reached exit */ - do - { - HSEStatus = RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY); - StartUpCounter++; - } while((HSEStatus == RESET) && (StartUpCounter != HSEStartUp_TimeOut)); - - - if (RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) - { - status = SUCCESS; - } - else - { - status = ERROR; - } - - return (status); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue -* Description : Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration -* value. -* Input : - HSICalibrationValue: specifies the calibration trimming value. -* This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(u8 HSICalibrationValue) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(HSICalibrationValue)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CR; - - /* Clear HSITRIM[4:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= CR_HSITRIM_Mask; - - /* Set the HSITRIM[4:0] bits according to HSICalibrationValue value */ - tmpreg |= (u32)HSICalibrationValue << 3; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_HSICmd -* Description : Enables or disables the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). -* HSI can not be stopped if it is used directly or through the -* PLL as system clock. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the HSI. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CR_HSION_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_PLLConfig -* Description : Configures the PLL clock source and multiplication factor. -* This function must be used only when the PLL is disabled. -* Input : - RCC_PLLSource: specifies the PLL entry clock source. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2: HSI oscillator clock divided -* by 2 selected as PLL clock entry -* - RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div1: HSE oscillator clock selected -* as PLL clock entry -* - RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div2: HSE oscillator clock divided -* by 2 selected as PLL clock entry -* - RCC_PLLMul: specifies the PLL multiplication factor. -* This parameter can be RCC_PLLMul_x where x:[2,16] -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_PLLConfig(u32 RCC_PLLSource, u32 RCC_PLLMul) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(RCC_PLLSource)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_PLLMul)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear PLLSRC, PLLXTPRE and PLLMUL[3:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= CFGR_PLL_Mask; - - /* Set the PLL configuration bits */ - tmpreg |= RCC_PLLSource | RCC_PLLMul; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_PLLCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the PLL. -* The PLL can not be disabled if it is used as system clock. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the PLL. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CR_PLLON_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_SYSCLKConfig -* Description : Configures the system clock (SYSCLK). -* Input : - RCC_SYSCLKSource: specifies the clock source used as system -* clock. This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI: HSI selected as system clock -* - RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE: HSE selected as system clock -* - RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK: PLL selected as system clock -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(u32 RCC_SYSCLKSource) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SYSCLKSource)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear SW[1:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= CFGR_SW_Mask; - - /* Set SW[1:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLKSource value */ - tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLKSource; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_GetSYSCLKSource -* Description : Returns the clock source used as system clock. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : The clock source used as system clock. The returned value can -* be one of the following: -* - 0x00: HSI used as system clock -* - 0x04: HSE used as system clock -* - 0x08: PLL used as system clock -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void) -{ - return ((u8)(RCC->CFGR & CFGR_SWS_Mask)); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_HCLKConfig -* Description : Configures the AHB clock (HCLK). -* Input : - RCC_SYSCLK: defines the AHB clock divider. This clock is -* derived from the system clock (SYSCLK). -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_SYSCLK_Div1: AHB clock = SYSCLK -* - RCC_SYSCLK_Div2: AHB clock = SYSCLK/2 -* - RCC_SYSCLK_Div4: AHB clock = SYSCLK/4 -* - RCC_SYSCLK_Div8: AHB clock = SYSCLK/8 -* - RCC_SYSCLK_Div16: AHB clock = SYSCLK/16 -* - RCC_SYSCLK_Div64: AHB clock = SYSCLK/64 -* - RCC_SYSCLK_Div128: AHB clock = SYSCLK/128 -* - RCC_SYSCLK_Div256: AHB clock = SYSCLK/256 -* - RCC_SYSCLK_Div512: AHB clock = SYSCLK/512 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_HCLKConfig(u32 RCC_SYSCLK) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_SYSCLK)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear HPRE[3:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= CFGR_HPRE_Reset_Mask; - - /* Set HPRE[3:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLK value */ - tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLK; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_PCLK1Config -* Description : Configures the Low Speed APB clock (PCLK1). -* Input : - RCC_HCLK: defines the APB1 clock divider. This clock is -* derived from the AHB clock (HCLK). -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB1 clock = HCLK -* - RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB1 clock = HCLK/2 -* - RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB1 clock = HCLK/4 -* - RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB1 clock = HCLK/8 -* - RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB1 clock = HCLK/16 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_PCLK1Config(u32 RCC_HCLK) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear PPRE1[2:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= CFGR_PPRE1_Reset_Mask; - - /* Set PPRE1[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ - tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_PCLK2Config -* Description : Configures the High Speed APB clock (PCLK2). -* Input : - RCC_HCLK: defines the APB2 clock divider. This clock is -* derived from the AHB clock (HCLK). -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB2 clock = HCLK -* - RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB2 clock = HCLK/2 -* - RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB2 clock = HCLK/4 -* - RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB2 clock = HCLK/8 -* - RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB2 clock = HCLK/16 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_PCLK2Config(u32 RCC_HCLK) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear PPRE2[2:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= CFGR_PPRE2_Reset_Mask; - - /* Set PPRE2[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ - tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK << 3; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified RCC interrupts. -* Input : - RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt sources to be enabled -* or disabled. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt -* - NewState: new state of the specified RCC interrupts. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_ITConfig(u8 RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_IT(RCC_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[12:8] bits to enable the selected interrupts */ - *(vu8 *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= RCC_IT; - } - else - { - /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[12:8] bits to disable the selected interrupts */ - *(vu8 *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (u8)~RCC_IT; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_USBCLKConfig -* Description : Configures the USB clock (USBCLK). -* Input : - RCC_USBCLKSource: specifies the USB clock source. This clock -* is derived from the PLL output. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5: PLL clock divided by 1,5 -* selected as USB clock source -* - RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1: PLL clock selected as USB -* clock source -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_USBCLKConfig(u32 RCC_USBCLKSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_USBCLK_SOURCE(RCC_USBCLKSource)); - - *(vu32 *) CFGR_USBPRE_BB = RCC_USBCLKSource; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_ADCCLKConfig -* Description : Configures the ADC clock (ADCCLK). -* Input : - RCC_PCLK2: defines the ADC clock divider. This clock is -* derived from the APB2 clock (PCLK2). -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_PCLK2_Div2: ADC clock = PCLK2/2 -* - RCC_PCLK2_Div4: ADC clock = PCLK2/4 -* - RCC_PCLK2_Div6: ADC clock = PCLK2/6 -* - RCC_PCLK2_Div8: ADC clock = PCLK2/8 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_ADCCLKConfig(u32 RCC_PCLK2) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCCLK(RCC_PCLK2)); - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Clear ADCPRE[1:0] bits */ - tmpreg &= CFGR_ADCPRE_Reset_Mask; - - /* Set ADCPRE[1:0] bits according to RCC_PCLK2 value */ - tmpreg |= RCC_PCLK2; - - /* Store the new value */ - RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_LSEConfig -* Description : Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE). -* Input : - RCC_LSE: specifies the new state of the LSE. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_LSE_OFF: LSE oscillator OFF -* - RCC_LSE_ON: LSE oscillator ON -* - RCC_LSE_Bypass: LSE oscillator bypassed with external -* clock -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_LSEConfig(u8 RCC_LSE) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_LSE)); - - /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ------------------*/ - /* Reset LSEON bit */ - *(vu8 *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_OFF; - - /* Reset LSEBYP bit */ - *(vu8 *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_OFF; - - /* Configure LSE (RCC_LSE_OFF is already covered by the code section above) */ - switch(RCC_LSE) - { - case RCC_LSE_ON: - /* Set LSEON bit */ - *(vu8 *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_ON; - break; - - case RCC_LSE_Bypass: - /* Set LSEBYP and LSEON bits */ - *(vu8 *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_Bypass | RCC_LSE_ON; - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_LSICmd -* Description : Enables or disables the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). -* LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG is running. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the LSI. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CSR_LSION_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_RTCCLKConfig -* Description : Configures the RTC clock (RTCCLK). -* Once the RTC clock is selected it can’t be changed unless the -* Backup domain is reset. -* Input : - RCC_RTCCLKSource: specifies the RTC clock source. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE: LSE selected as RTC clock -* - RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI: LSI selected as RTC clock -* - RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div128: HSE clock divided by 128 -* selected as RTC clock -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(u32 RCC_RTCCLKSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(RCC_RTCCLKSource)); - - /* Select the RTC clock source */ - RCC->BDCR |= RCC_RTCCLKSource; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_RTCCLKCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the RTC clock. -* This function must be used only after the RTC clock was -* selected using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig function. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the RTC clock. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) BDCR_RTCEN_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_GetClocksFreq -* Description : Returns the frequencies of different on chip clocks. -* Input : - RCC_Clocks: pointer to a RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which -* will hold the clocks frequencies. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks) -{ - u32 tmp = 0, pllmull = 0, pllsource = 0, presc = 0; - - /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ - tmp = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_SWS_Mask; - - switch (tmp) - { - case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock */ - RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_Value; - break; - - case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock */ - RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSE_Value; - break; - - case 0x08: /* PLL used as system clock */ - /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/ - pllmull = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_PLLMull_Mask; - pllmull = ( pllmull >> 18) + 2; - - pllsource = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_PLLSRC_Mask; - - if (pllsource == 0x00) - {/* HSI oscillator clock divided by 2 selected as PLL clock entry */ - RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (HSI_Value >> 1) * pllmull; - } - else - {/* HSE selected as PLL clock entry */ - - if ((RCC->CFGR & CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Mask) != (u32)RESET) - {/* HSE oscillator clock divided by 2 */ - - RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = (HSE_Value >> 1) * pllmull; - } - else - { - RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSE_Value * pllmull; - } - } - break; - - default: - RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_Value; - break; - } - - /* Compute HCLK, PCLK1, PCLK2 and ADCCLK clocks frequencies ----------------*/ - /* Get HCLK prescaler */ - tmp = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_HPRE_Set_Mask; - tmp = tmp >> 4; - presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; - - /* HCLK clock frequency */ - RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency >> presc; - - /* Get PCLK1 prescaler */ - tmp = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_PPRE1_Set_Mask; - tmp = tmp >> 8; - presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; - - /* PCLK1 clock frequency */ - RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; - - /* Get PCLK2 prescaler */ - tmp = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_PPRE2_Set_Mask; - tmp = tmp >> 11; - presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; - - /* PCLK2 clock frequency */ - RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; - - /* Get ADCCLK prescaler */ - tmp = RCC->CFGR & CFGR_ADCPRE_Set_Mask; - tmp = tmp >> 14; - presc = ADCPrescTable[tmp]; - - /* ADCCLK clock frequency */ - RCC_Clocks->ADCCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency / presc; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the AHB peripheral clock. -* Input : - RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB peripheral to gates its clock. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 -* - RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2 -* - RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM -* - RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF -* - RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC -* - RCC_AHBPeriph_FSMC -* - RCC_AHBPeriph_SDIO -* SRAM and FLITF clock can be disabled only during sleep mode. -* - NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(u32 RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(RCC_AHBPeriph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->AHBENR |= RCC_AHBPeriph; - } - else - { - RCC->AHBENR &= ~RCC_AHBPeriph; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral clock. -* Input : - RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its -* clock. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, -* RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, -* RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, -* RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2, RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, -* RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3, -* RCC_APB2Periph_ALL -* - NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(u32 RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->APB2ENR |= RCC_APB2Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->APB2ENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral clock. -* Input : - RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its -* clock. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, -* RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, -* RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, -* RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, RCC_APB1Periph_USART4, -* RCC_APB1Periph_USART5, RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, -* RCC_APB1Periph_USB, RCC_APB1Periph_CAN, RCC_APB1Periph_BKP, -* RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, RCC_APB1Periph_ALL -* - NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(u32 RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->APB1ENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd -* Description : Forces or releases High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral reset. -* Input : - RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to reset. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, -* RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, -* RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, -* RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2, RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, -* RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3, -* RCC_APB2Periph_ALL -* - NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(u32 RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->APB2RSTR |= RCC_APB2Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->APB2RSTR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd -* Description : Forces or releases Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral reset. -* Input : - RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to reset. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, -* RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, -* RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, -* RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, RCC_APB1Periph_USART4, -* RCC_APB1Periph_USART5, RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, -* RCC_APB1Periph_USB, RCC_APB1Periph_CAN, RCC_APB1Periph_BKP, -* RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, RCC_APB1Periph_ALL -* - NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(u32 RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RCC->APB1RSTR |= RCC_APB1Periph; - } - else - { - RCC->APB1RSTR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_BackupResetCmd -* Description : Forces or releases the Backup domain reset. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the Backup domain reset. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) BDCR_BDRST_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the Clock Security System. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the Clock Security System.. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CR_CSSON_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_MCOConfig -* Description : Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin. -* Input : - RCC_MCO: specifies the clock source to output. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_MCO_NoClock: No clock selected -* - RCC_MCO_SYSCLK: System clock selected -* - RCC_MCO_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected -* - RCC_MCO_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected -* - RCC_MCO_PLLCLK_Div2: PLL clock divided by 2 selected -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_MCOConfig(u8 RCC_MCO) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCO)); - - /* Perform Byte access to MCO[2:0] bits to select the MCO source */ - *(vu8 *) CFGR_BYTE4_ADDRESS = RCC_MCO; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified RCC flag is set or not. -* Input : - RCC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator clock ready -* - RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator clock ready -* - RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: PLL clock ready -* - RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator clock ready -* - RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator clock ready -* - RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset -* - RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR reset -* - RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset -* - RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent Watchdog reset -* - RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window Watchdog reset -* - RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power reset -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of RCC_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(u8 RCC_FLAG) -{ - u32 tmp = 0; - u32 statusreg = 0; - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_FLAG(RCC_FLAG)); - - /* Get the RCC register index */ - tmp = RCC_FLAG >> 5; - - if (tmp == 1) /* The flag to check is in CR register */ - { - statusreg = RCC->CR; - } - else if (tmp == 2) /* The flag to check is in BDCR register */ - { - statusreg = RCC->BDCR; - } - else /* The flag to check is in CSR register */ - { - statusreg = RCC->CSR; - } - - /* Get the flag position */ - tmp = RCC_FLAG & FLAG_Mask; - - if ((statusreg & ((u32)1 << tmp)) != (u32)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the flag status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the RCC reset flags. -* The reset flags are: RCC_FLAG_PINRST, RCC_FLAG_PORRST, -* RCC_FLAG_SFTRST, RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST, -* RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_ClearFlag(void) -{ - /* Set RMVF bit to clear the reset flags */ - RCC->CSR |= CSR_RMVF_Set; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified RCC interrupt has occurred or not. -* Input : - RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt source to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of RCC_IT (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(u8 RCC_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT)); - - /* Check the status of the specified RCC interrupt */ - if ((RCC->CIR & RCC_IT) != (u32)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - /* Return the RCC_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RCC_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears the RCC’s interrupt pending bits. -* Input : - RCC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_PLLRDY: PLL ready interrupt -* - RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(u8 RCC_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT)); - - /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[23:16] bits to clear the selected interrupt - pending bits */ - *(vu8 *) CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_IT; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_rtc.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_rtc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 55a8bea..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_rtc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,320 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_rtc.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the RTC firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_rtc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#define CRL_CNF_Set ((u16)0x0010) /* Configuration Flag Enable Mask */ -#define CRL_CNF_Reset ((u16)0xFFEF) /* Configuration Flag Disable Mask */ -#define RTC_LSB_Mask ((u32)0x0000FFFF) /* RTC LSB Mask */ -#define PRLH_MSB_Mask ((u32)0x000F0000) /* RTC Prescaler MSB Mask */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts. -* Input : - RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to be enabled -* or disabled. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt -* - RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt -* - RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt -* - NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RTC_ITConfig(u16 RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_IT(RTC_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - RTC->CRH |= RTC_IT; - } - else - { - RTC->CRH &= (u16)~RTC_IT; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_EnterConfigMode -* Description : Enters the RTC configuration mode. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RTC_EnterConfigMode(void) -{ - /* Set the CNF flag to enter in the Configuration Mode */ - RTC->CRL |= CRL_CNF_Set; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_ExitConfigMode -* Description : Exits from the RTC configuration mode. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RTC_ExitConfigMode(void) -{ - /* Reset the CNF flag to exit from the Configuration Mode */ - RTC->CRL &= CRL_CNF_Reset; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_GetCounter -* Description : Gets the RTC counter value. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : RTC counter value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 RTC_GetCounter(void) -{ - u16 tmp = 0; - tmp = RTC->CNTL; - - return (((u32)RTC->CNTH << 16 ) | tmp) ; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_SetCounter -* Description : Sets the RTC counter value. -* Input : - CounterValue: RTC counter new value. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RTC_SetCounter(u32 CounterValue) -{ - RTC_EnterConfigMode(); - - /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */ - RTC->CNTH = CounterValue >> 16; - /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */ - RTC->CNTL = (CounterValue & RTC_LSB_Mask); - - RTC_ExitConfigMode(); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_SetPrescaler -* Description : Sets the RTC prescaler value. -* Input : - PrescalerValue: RTC prescaler new value. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RTC_SetPrescaler(u32 PrescalerValue) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_PRESCALER(PrescalerValue)); - - RTC_EnterConfigMode(); - - /* Set RTC PRESCALER MSB word */ - RTC->PRLH = (PrescalerValue & PRLH_MSB_Mask) >> 16; - /* Set RTC PRESCALER LSB word */ - RTC->PRLL = (PrescalerValue & RTC_LSB_Mask); - - RTC_ExitConfigMode(); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_SetAlarm -* Description : Sets the RTC alarm value. -* Input : - AlarmValue: RTC alarm new value. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RTC_SetAlarm(u32 AlarmValue) -{ - RTC_EnterConfigMode(); - - /* Set the ALARM MSB word */ - RTC->ALRH = AlarmValue >> 16; - /* Set the ALARM LSB word */ - RTC->ALRL = (AlarmValue & RTC_LSB_Mask); - - RTC_ExitConfigMode(); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_GetDivider -* Description : Gets the RTC divider value. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : RTC Divider value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 RTC_GetDivider(void) -{ - u32 tmp = 0x00; - - tmp = ((u32)RTC->DIVH & (u32)0x000F) << 16; - tmp |= RTC->DIVL; - - return tmp; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_WaitForLastTask -* Description : Waits until last write operation on RTC registers has finished. -* This function must be called before any write to RTC registers. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RTC_WaitForLastTask(void) -{ - /* Loop until RTOFF flag is set */ - while ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG_RTOFF) == (u16)RESET) - { - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_WaitForSynchro -* Description : Waits until the RTC registers (RTC_CNT, RTC_ALR and RTC_PRL) -* are synchronized with RTC APB clock. -* This function must be called before any read operation after -* an APB reset or an APB clock stop. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RTC_WaitForSynchro(void) -{ - /* Clear RSF flag */ - RTC->CRL &= (u16)~RTC_FLAG_RSF; - - /* Loop until RSF flag is set */ - while ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG_RSF) == (u16)RESET) - { - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not. -* Input : - RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be one the following values: -* - RTC_FLAG_RTOFF: RTC Operation OFF flag -* - RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag -* - RTC_FLAG_OW: Overflow flag -* - RTC_FLAG_ALR: Alarm flag -* - RTC_FLAG_SEC: Second flag -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(u16 RTC_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); - - if ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG) != (u16)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the RTC’s pending flags. -* Input : - RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag. This flag -* is cleared only after an APB reset or an APB Clock stop. -* - RTC_FLAG_OW: Overflow flag -* - RTC_FLAG_ALR: Alarm flag -* - RTC_FLAG_SEC: Second flag -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RTC_ClearFlag(u16 RTC_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the coressponding RTC flag */ - RTC->CRL &= (u16)~RTC_FLAG; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occured or not. -* Input : - RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt -* - RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt -* - RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of the RTC_IT (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(u16 RTC_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT)); - - bitstatus = (ITStatus)(RTC->CRL & RTC_IT); - - if (((RTC->CRH & RTC_IT) != (u16)RESET) && (bitstatus != (u16)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : RTC_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears the RTC’s interrupt pending bits. -* Input : - RTC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt -* - RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt -* - RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(u16 RTC_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RTC_IT(RTC_IT)); - - /* Clear the coressponding RTC pending bit */ - RTC->CRL &= (u16)~RTC_IT; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_sdio.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_sdio.c deleted file mode 100644 index b7da816..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_sdio.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,832 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_sdio.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the SDIO firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_sdio.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* ------------ SDIO registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ -#define SDIO_OFFSET (SDIO_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) - -/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of CLKEN bit */ -#define CLKCR_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x04) -#define CLKEN_BitNumber 0x08 -#define CLKCR_CLKEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CLKCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CLKEN_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- CMD Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of SDIOSUSPEND bit */ -#define CMD_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x0C) -#define SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber 0x0B -#define CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of ENCMDCOMPL bit */ -#define ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber 0x0C -#define CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of NIEN bit */ -#define NIEN_BitNumber 0x0D -#define CMD_NIEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (NIEN_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of ATACMD bit */ -#define ATACMD_BitNumber 0x0E -#define CMD_ATACMD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ATACMD_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of DMAEN bit */ -#define DCTRL_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x2C) -#define DMAEN_BitNumber 0x03 -#define DCTRL_DMAEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (DMAEN_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of RWSTART bit */ -#define RWSTART_BitNumber 0x08 -#define DCTRL_RWSTART_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTART_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of RWSTOP bit */ -#define RWSTOP_BitNumber 0x09 -#define DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTOP_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of RWMOD bit */ -#define RWMOD_BitNumber 0x0A -#define DCTRL_RWMOD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWMOD_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* Alias word address of SDIOEN bit */ -#define SDIOEN_BitNumber 0x0B -#define DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOEN_BitNumber * 4)) - - -/* ---------------------- SDIO registers bit mask ------------------------ */ -/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/ -/* CLKCR register clear mask */ -#define CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK ((u32)0xFFFF8100) - -/* --- PWRCTRL Register ---*/ -/* SDIO PWRCTRL Mask */ -#define PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK ((u32)0xFFFFFFFC) - -/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/ -/* SDIO DCTRL Clear Mask */ -#define DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK ((u32)0xFFFFFF08) - -/* --- CMD Register ---*/ -/* CMD Register clear mask */ -#define CMD_CLEAR_MASK ((u32)0xFFFFF800) - -/* SDIO RESP Registers Address */ -#define SDIO_RESP_ADDR ((u32)(SDIO_BASE + 0x14)) - -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the SDIO peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_DeInit(void) -{ - SDIO->POWER = 0x00000000; - SDIO->CLKCR = 0x00000000; - SDIO->ARG = 0x00000000; - SDIO->CMD = 0x00000000; - SDIO->DTIMER = 0x00000000; - SDIO->DLEN = 0x00000000; - SDIO->DCTRL = 0x00000000; - SDIO->ICR = 0x00C007FF; - SDIO->MASK = 0x00000000; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_Init -* Description : Initializes the SDIO peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the SDIO_InitStruct. -* Input : SDIO_InitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_InitTypeDef structure -* that contains the configuration information for the SDIO -* peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl)); - -/*---------------------------- SDIO CLKCR Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the SDIO CLKCR value */ - tmpreg = SDIO->CLKCR; - - /* Clear CLKDIV, PWRSAV, BYPASS, WIDBUS, NEGEDGE, HWFC_EN bits */ - tmpreg &= CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK; - - /* Set CLKDIV bits according to SDIO_ClockDiv value */ - /* Set PWRSAV bit according to SDIO_ClockPowerSave value */ - /* Set BYPASS bit according to SDIO_ClockBypass value */ - /* Set WIDBUS bits according to SDIO_BusWide value */ - /* Set NEGEDGE bits according to SDIO_ClockEdge value */ - /* Set HWFC_EN bits according to SDIO_HardwareFlowControl value */ - tmpreg |= (SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave | - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide | - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl); - - /* Write to SDIO CLKCR */ - SDIO->CLKCR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_StructInit -* Description : Fills each SDIO_InitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : SDIO_InitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_InitTypeDef structure which -* will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct) -{ - /* SDIO_InitStruct members default value */ - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv = 0x00; - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge = SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising; - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass = SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable; - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave = SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable; - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide = SDIO_BusWide_1b; - SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_ClockCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the SDIO Clock. -* Input : NewState: new state of the SDIO Clock. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CLKCR_CLKEN_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_SetPowerState -* Description : Sets the power status of the controller. -* Input : SDIO_PowerState: new state of the Power state. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SDIO_PowerState_OFF -* - SDIO_PowerState_ON -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_SetPowerState(u32 SDIO_PowerState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(SDIO_PowerState)); - - SDIO->POWER &= PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK; - SDIO->POWER |= SDIO_PowerState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_GetPowerState -* Description : Gets the power status of the controller. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : Power status of the controller. The returned value can -* be one of the following: -* - 0x00: Power OFF -* - 0x02: Power UP -* - 0x03: Power ON -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 SDIO_GetPowerState(void) -{ - return (SDIO->POWER & (~PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK)); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the SDIO interrupts. -* Input : - SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt sources to be -* enabled or disabled. -* This parameter can be one or a combination of the following -* values: -* - SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check -* failed) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check -* failed) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check -* passed) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) -* interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is -* zero) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data -* signals in wide bus mode interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check -* passed) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal -* received for CMD61 interrupt -* - NewState: new state of the specified SDIO interrupts. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_ITConfig(u32 SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_IT(SDIO_IT)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the SDIO interrupts */ - SDIO->MASK |= SDIO_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the SDIO interrupts */ - SDIO->MASK &= ~SDIO_IT; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_DMACmd -* Description : Enables or disables the SDIO DMA request. -* Input : NewState: new state of the selected SDIO DMA request. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) DCTRL_DMAEN_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_SendCommand -* Description : Initializes the SDIO Command according to the specified -* parameters in the SDIO_CmdInitStruct and send the command. -* Input : SDIO_CmdInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef -* structure that contains the configuration information -* for the SDIO command. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_WAIT(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CPSM(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM)); - -/*---------------------------- SDIO ARG Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Set the SDIO Argument value */ - SDIO->ARG = SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument; - -/*---------------------------- SDIO CMD Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the SDIO CMD value */ - tmpreg = SDIO->CMD; - - /* Clear CMDINDEX, WAITRESP, WAITINT, WAITPEND, CPSMEN bits */ - tmpreg &= CMD_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Set CMDINDEX bits according to SDIO_CmdIndex value */ - /* Set WAITRESP bits according to SDIO_Response value */ - /* Set WAITINT and WAITPEND bits according to SDIO_Wait value */ - /* Set CPSMEN bits according to SDIO_CPSM value */ - tmpreg |= (u32)SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response - | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM; - - /* Write to SDIO CMD */ - SDIO->CMD = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_CmdStructInit -* Description : Fills each SDIO_CmdInitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : SDIO_CmdInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef -* structure which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct) -{ - /* SDIO_CmdInitStruct members default value */ - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument = 0x00; - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex = 0x00; - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response = SDIO_Response_No; - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait = SDIO_Wait_No; - SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_Disable; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_GetCommandResponse -* Description : Returns command index of last command for which response -* received. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : Returns the command index of the last command response received. -*******************************************************************************/ -u8 SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void) -{ - return (u8)(SDIO->RESPCMD); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_GetResponse -* Description : Returns response received from the card for the last command. -* Input : - SDIO_RESP: Specifies the SDIO response register. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SDIO_RESP1: Response Register 1 -* - SDIO_RESP2: Response Register 2 -* - SDIO_RESP3: Response Register 3 -* - SDIO_RESP4: Response Register 4 -* Output : None -* Return : The Corresponding response register value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 SDIO_GetResponse(u32 SDIO_RESP) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESP(SDIO_RESP)); - - return (*(vu32 *)(SDIO_RESP_ADDR + SDIO_RESP)); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_DataConfig -* Description : Initializes the SDIO data path according to the specified -* parameters in the SDIO_DataInitStruct. -* Input : SDIO_DataInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_DataInitTypeDef -* structure that contains the configuration information -* for the SDIO command. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode)); - assert_param(IS_SDIO_DPSM(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM)); - -/*---------------------------- SDIO DTIMER Configuration ---------------------*/ - /* Set the SDIO Data TimeOut value */ - SDIO->DTIMER = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut; - -/*---------------------------- SDIO DLEN Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Set the SDIO DataLength value */ - SDIO->DLEN = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength; - -/*---------------------------- SDIO DCTRL Configuration ----------------------*/ - /* Get the SDIO DCTRL value */ - tmpreg = SDIO->DCTRL; - - /* Clear DEN, DTMODE, DTDIR and DBCKSIZE bits */ - tmpreg &= DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK; - /* Set DEN bit according to SDIO_DPSM value */ - /* Set DTMODE bit according to SDIO_TransferMode value */ - /* Set DTDIR bit according to SDIO_TransferDir value */ - /* Set DBCKSIZE bits according to SDIO_DataBlockSize value */ - tmpreg |= (u32)SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir - | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM; - - /* Write to SDIO DCTRL */ - SDIO->DCTRL = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_DataStructInit -* Description : Fills each SDIO_DataInitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : SDIO_DataInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_DataInitTypeDef -* structure which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct) -{ - /* SDIO_DataInitStruct members default value */ - SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut = 0xFFFFFFFF; - SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength = 0x00; - SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize = SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b; - SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir = SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard; - SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode = SDIO_TransferMode_Block; - SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_Disable; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_GetDataCounter -* Description : Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 SDIO_GetDataCounter(void) -{ - return SDIO->DCOUNT; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_ReadData -* Description : Read one data word from Rx FIFO. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : Data received -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 SDIO_ReadData(void) -{ - return SDIO->FIFO; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_WriteData -* Description : Write one data word to Tx FIFO. -* Input : Data: 32-bit data word to write. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_WriteData(u32 Data) -{ - SDIO->FIFO = Data; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_GetFIFOCount -* Description : Returns the number of words left to be written to or read -* from FIFO. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : Remaining number of words. -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void) -{ - return SDIO->FIFOCNT; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait -* Description : Starts the SD I/O Read Wait operation. -* Input : NewState: new state of the Start SDIO Read Wait operation. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) DCTRL_RWSTART_BB = (u32) NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait -* Description : Stops the SD I/O Read Wait operation. -* Input : NewState: new state of the Stop SDIO Read Wait operation. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB = (u32) NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode -* Description : Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval. -* Input : SDIOReadWaitMode: SD I/O Read Wait operation mode. -* This parametre can be: -* - SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDIOCLK -* - SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDIO_DATA2 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(u32 SDIO_ReadWaitMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(SDIO_ReadWaitMode)); - - *(vu32 *) DCTRL_RWMOD_BB = SDIO_ReadWaitMode; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_SetSDIOOperation -* Description : Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode Operation. -* Input : NewState: new state of SDIO specific operation. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode suspend command sending. -* Input : NewState: new state of the SD I/O Mode suspend command. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the command completion signal. -* Input : NewState: new state of command completion signal. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_CEATAITCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the CE-ATA interrupt. -* Input : NewState: new state of CE-ATA interrupt. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CMD_NIEN_BB = (u32)((~((u32)NewState)) & ((u32)0x1)); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_SendCEATACmd -* Description : Sends CE-ATA command (CMD61). -* Input : NewState: new state of CE-ATA command. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - *(vu32 *) CMD_ATACMD_BB = (u32)NewState; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified SDIO flag is set or not. -* Input : SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check -* failed) -* - SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check -* failed) -* - SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout -* - SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeou -* - SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error -* - SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error -* - SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check -* passed) -* - SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) -* - SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is -* zero) -* - SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data -* signals in wide bus mode -* - SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check -* passed) -* - SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress -* - SDIO_FLAG_TXACT: Data transmit in progress -* - SDIO_FLAG_RXACT: Data receive in progress -* - SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty -* - SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full -* - SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full -* - SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full -* - SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty -* - SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty -* - SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO -* - SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO -* - SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received -* - SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal -* received for CMD61 -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of SDIO_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(u32 SDIO_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG)); - - if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_FLAG) != (u32)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the SDIO's pending flags. -* Input : SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. -* This parameter can be one or a combination of the following -* values: -* - SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check -* failed) -* - SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check -* failed) -* - SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout -* - SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeou -* - SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error -* - SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error -* - SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check -* passed) -* - SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) -* - SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is -* zero) -* - SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data -* signals in wide bus mode -* - SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check -* passed) -* - SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received -* - SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal -* received for CMD61 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_ClearFlag(u32 SDIO_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG)); - - SDIO->ICR = SDIO_FLAG; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified SDIO interrupt has occurred or not. -* Input : SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt source to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check -* failed) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check -* failed) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check -* passed) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) -* interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is -* zero) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data -* signals in wide bus mode interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check -* passed) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal -* received for CMD61 interrupt -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of SDIO_IT (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(u32 SDIO_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_GET_IT(SDIO_IT)); - - if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_IT) != (u32)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SDIO_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears the SDIO’s interrupt pending bits. -* Input : SDIO_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. -* This parameter can be one or a combination of the following -* values: -* - SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check -* failed) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check -* failed) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check -* passed) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) -* interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is -* zero) interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data -* signals in wide bus mode interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt -* - SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal -* received for CMD61 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(u32 SDIO_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(SDIO_IT)); - - SDIO->ICR = SDIO_IT; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_spi.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_spi.c deleted file mode 100644 index d914c09..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_spi.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,863 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_spi.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the SPI firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_spi.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* SPI SPE mask */ -#define CR1_SPE_Set ((u16)0x0040) -#define CR1_SPE_Reset ((u16)0xFFBF) - -/* I2S I2SE mask */ -#define I2SCFGR_I2SE_Set ((u16)0x0400) -#define I2SCFGR_I2SE_Reset ((u16)0xFBFF) - -/* SPI CRCNext mask */ -#define CR1_CRCNext_Set ((u16)0x1000) - -/* SPI CRCEN mask */ -#define CR1_CRCEN_Set ((u16)0x2000) -#define CR1_CRCEN_Reset ((u16)0xDFFF) - -/* SPI SSOE mask */ -#define CR2_SSOE_Set ((u16)0x0004) -#define CR2_SSOE_Reset ((u16)0xFFFB) - -/* SPI registers Masks */ -#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask ((u16)0x3040) -#define I2SCFGR_CLEAR_Mask ((u16)0xF040) - -/* SPI or I2S mode selection masks */ -#define SPI_Mode_Select ((u16)0xF7FF) -#define I2S_Mode_Select ((u16)0x0800) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_I2S_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the SPIx peripheral registers to their default -* reset values (Affects also the I2Ss). -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - - switch (*(u32*)&SPIx) - { - case SPI1_BASE: - /* Enable SPI1 reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE); - /* Release SPI1 from reset state */ - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE); - break; - - case SPI2_BASE: - /* Enable SPI2 reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE); - /* Release SPI2 from reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE); - break; - - case SPI3_BASE: - /* Enable SPI3 reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE); - /* Release SPI3 from reset state */ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, DISABLE); - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_Init -* Description : Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the SPI_InitStruct. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. -* - SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that -* contains the configuration information for the specified -* SPI peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) -{ - u16 tmpreg = 0; - - /* check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - - /* Check the SPI parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial)); - -/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */ - tmpreg = SPIx->CR1; - /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */ - tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask; - /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler - master/salve mode, CPOL and CPHA */ - /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */ - /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */ - /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */ - /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */ - /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */ - /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */ - tmpreg |= (u16)((u32)SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode | - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL | - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS | - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit); - /* Write to SPIx CR1 */ - SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg; - - /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */ - SPIx->I2SCFGR &= SPI_Mode_Select; - -/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/ - /* Write to SPIx CRCPOLY */ - SPIx->CRCPR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2S_Init -* Description : Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the I2S_InitStruct. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral -* (configured in I2S mode). -* - I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that -* contains the configuration information for the specified -* SPI peripheral configured in I2S mode. -* Output : None -* Return : None -******************************************************************************/ -void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) -{ - u16 tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1; - u32 tmp = 0; - RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks; - - /* Check the I2S parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)); - assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)); - -/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/ - - /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ - SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_Mask; - SPIx->I2SPR = 0x0002; - - /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ - tmpreg = SPIx->I2SCFGR; - - /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/ - if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq == I2S_AudioFreq_Default) - { - i2sodd = (u16)0; - i2sdiv = (u16)2; - } - /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */ - else - { - /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) */ - if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat == I2S_DataFormat_16b) - { - /* Packet length is 16 bits */ - packetlength = 1; - } - else - { - /* Packet length is 32 bits */ - packetlength = 2; - } - /* Get System Clock frequency */ - RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks); - - /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a flaoting point */ - if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) - { - /* MCLK output is enabled */ - tmp = (u16)(((10 * RCC_Clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency) / (256 * I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); - } - else - { - /* MCLK output is disabled */ - tmp = (u16)(((10 * RCC_Clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency) / (32 * packetlength * I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); - } - - /* Remove the flaoting point */ - tmp = tmp/10; - - /* Check the parity of the divider */ - i2sodd = (u16)(tmp & (u16)0x0001); - - /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ - i2sdiv = (u16)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2); - - /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ - i2sodd = (u16) (i2sodd << 8); - } - - /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 */ - if ((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF)) - { - /* Set the default values */ - i2sdiv = 2; - i2sodd = 0; - } - - /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ - SPIx->I2SPR = (u16)(i2sdiv | i2sodd | I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput); - - /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */ - tmpreg |= (u16)(I2S_Mode_Select | I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode | \ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL); - - /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ - SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_StructInit -* Description : Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - SPI_InitStruct : pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure -* which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) -{ -/*--------------- Reset SPI init structure parameters values -----------------*/ - /* Initialize the SPI_Direction member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex; - - /* initialize the SPI_Mode member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave; - - /* initialize the SPI_DataSize member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b; - - /* Initialize the SPI_CPOL member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low; - - /* Initialize the SPI_CPHA member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge; - - /* Initialize the SPI_NSS member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard; - - /* Initialize the SPI_BaudRatePrescaler member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2; - - /* Initialize the SPI_FirstBit member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; - - /* Initialize the SPI_CRCPolynomial member */ - SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2S_StructInit -* Description : Fills each I2S_InitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - I2S_InitStruct : pointer to a I2S_InitTypeDef structure -* which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) -{ -/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/ - /* Initialize the I2S_Mode member */ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx; - - /* Initialize the I2S_Standard member */ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard = I2S_Standard_Phillips; - - /* Initialize the I2S_DataFormat member */ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat = I2S_DataFormat_16b; - - /* Initialize the I2S_MCLKOutput member */ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput = I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable; - - /* Initialize the I2S_AudioFreq member */ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq = I2S_AudioFreq_Default; - - /* Initialize the I2S_CPOL member */ - I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL = I2S_CPOL_Low; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_Cmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral */ - SPIx->CR1 |= CR1_SPE_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */ - SPIx->CR1 &= CR1_SPE_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : I2S_Cmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode). -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) */ - SPIx->I2SCFGR |= I2SCFGR_I2SE_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) */ - SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_I2SE_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_I2S_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified SPI/I2S interrupts. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be : -* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode -* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode -* - SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI/I2S interrupt source to be -* enabled or disabled. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask -* - SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask -* - SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask -* - NewState: new state of the specified SPI/I2S interrupt. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, u8 SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - u16 itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); - - /* Get the SPI/I2S IT index */ - itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; - /* Set the IT mask */ - itmask = (u16)((u16)1 << itpos); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPI/I2S interrupt */ - SPIx->CR2 |= itmask; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPI/I2S interrupt */ - SPIx->CR2 &= (u16)~itmask; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_I2S_DMACmd -* Description : Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be : -* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode -* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode -* - SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI/I2S DMA transfer request -* to be enabled or disabled. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request -* - SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request -* - NewState: new state of the selected SPI/I2S DMA transfer -* request. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, u16 SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(SPI_I2S_DMAReq)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPI/I2S DMA requests */ - SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPI/I2S DMA requests */ - SPIx->CR2 &= (u16)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_I2S_SendData -* Description : Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be : -* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode -* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode -* - Data : Data to be transmitted.. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, u16 Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - - /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ - SPIx->DR = Data; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_I2S_ReceiveData -* Description : Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be : -* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode -* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode -* Output : None -* Return : The value of the received data. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - - /* Return the data in the DR register */ - return SPIx->DR; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig -* Description : Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected -* SPI. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. -* - SPI_NSSInternalSoft: specifies the SPI NSS internal state. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally -* - SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, u16 SPI_NSSInternalSoft) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(SPI_NSSInternalSoft)); - - if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset) - { - /* Set NSS pin internally by software */ - SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set; - } - else - { - /* Reset NSS pin internally by software */ - SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_SSOutputCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPI SS output */ - SPIx->CR2 |= CR2_SSOE_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPI SS output */ - SPIx->CR2 &= CR2_SSOE_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_DataSizeConfig -* Description : Configures the data size for the selected SPI. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. -* - SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data frame format to 16bit -* - SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data frame format to 8bit -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, u16 SPI_DataSize) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_DataSize)); - - /* Clear DFF bit */ - SPIx->CR1 &= (u16)~SPI_DataSize_16b; - /* Set new DFF bit value */ - SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_DataSize; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_TransmitCRC -* Description : Transmit the SPIx CRC value. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - - /* Enable the selected SPI CRC transmission */ - SPIx->CR1 |= CR1_CRCNext_Set; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_CalculateCRC -* Description : Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the -* transfered bytes. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ - SPIx->CR1 |= CR1_CRCEN_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ - SPIx->CR1 &= CR1_CRCEN_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_GetCRC -* Description : Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for -* the specified SPI. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. -* - SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register -* - SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register -* Output : None -* Return : The selected CRC register value.. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, u8 SPI_CRC) -{ - u16 crcreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC(SPI_CRC)); - - if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx) - { - /* Get the Tx CRC register */ - crcreg = SPIx->TXCRCR; - } - else - { - /* Get the Rx CRC register */ - crcreg = SPIx->RXCRCR; - } - - /* Return the selected CRC register */ - return crcreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_GetCRCPolynomial -* Description : Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : The CRC Polynomial register value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - - /* Return the CRC polynomial register */ - return SPIx->CRCPR; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig -* Description : Selects the data transfer direction in bi-directional mode -* for the specified SPI. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. -* - SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in -* bi-directional mode. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction -* - SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, u16 SPI_Direction) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(SPI_Direction)); - - if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx) - { - /* Set the Tx only mode */ - SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx; - } - else - { - /* Set the Rx only mode */ - SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified SPI/I2S flag is set or not. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be : -* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode -* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode -* - SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI/I2S flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag. -* - SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag. -* - SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag. -* - SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag. -* - SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag. -* - SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag. -* - I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun Error flag. -* - I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag. -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of SPI_I2S_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, u16 SPI_I2S_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); - - /* Check the status of the specified SPI/I2S flag */ - if ((SPIx->SR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (u16)RESET) - { - /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the SPI_I2S_FLAG status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_I2S_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be : -* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode -* - SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear. -* This function clears only CRCERR flag. -* Notes: -* - OVR (OverRun error) flag is cleared by software -* sequence: a read operation to SPI_DR register -* (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by a read operation -* to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()). -* - UDR (UnderRun error) flag is cleared by a read -* operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()). -* - MODF (Mode Fault) flag is cleared by software sequence: -* a read/write operation to SPI_SR register -* (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write -* operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable -* the SPI). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, u16 SPI_I2S_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) flag */ - SPIx->SR = (u16)~SPI_I2S_FLAG; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_I2S_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified SPI/I2S interrupt has occurred or not. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be : -* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode -* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode -* - SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI/I2S interrupt source to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt. -* - SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt. -* - SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt. -* - SPI_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt. -* - SPI_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt. -* - I2S_IT_UDR: Underrun Error interrupt. -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, u8 SPI_I2S_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - u16 itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); - - /* Get the SPI/I2S IT index */ - itpos = (u16)((u16)0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & (u8)0x0F)); - - /* Get the SPI/I2S IT mask */ - itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; - /* Set the IT mask */ - itmask = (u16)((u16)0x01 << itmask); - /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT enable bit status */ - enablestatus = (SPIx->CR2 & itmask) ; - - /* Check the status of the specified SPI/I2S interrupt */ - if (((SPIx->SR & itpos) != (u16)RESET) && enablestatus) - { - /* SPI_I2S_IT is set */ - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - /* SPI_I2S_IT is reset */ - bitstatus = RESET; - } - /* Return the SPI_I2S_IT status */ - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit. -* Input : - SPIx: where x can be : -* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode -* - SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt pending bit to clear. -* This function clears only CRCERR intetrrupt pending bit. -* Notes: -* - OVR (OverRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared -* by software sequence: a read operation to SPI_DR -* register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by a read -* operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()). -* - UDR (UnderRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared -* by a read operation to SPI_SR register -* (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()). -* - MODF (Mode Fault) interrupt pending bit is cleared by -* software sequence: a read/write operation to SPI_SR -* register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()) followed by a write -* operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the -* SPI). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, u8 SPI_I2S_IT) -{ - u16 itpos = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); - assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); - - /* Get the SPI IT index */ - itpos = (u16)((u16)0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & (u8)0x0F)); - /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit */ - SPIx->SR = (u16)~itpos; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_systick.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_systick.c deleted file mode 100644 index 53deb76..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_systick.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_systick.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the SysTick firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_systick.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* ---------------------- SysTick registers bit mask -------------------- */ -/* CTRL TICKINT Mask */ -#define CTRL_TICKINT_Set ((u32)0x00000002) -#define CTRL_TICKINT_Reset ((u32)0xFFFFFFFD) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SysTick_CLKSourceConfig -* Description : Configures the SysTick clock source. -* Input : - SysTick_CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8: AHB clock divided by 8 -* selected as SysTick clock source. -* - SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK: AHB clock selected as -* SysTick clock source. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(u32 SysTick_CLKSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SysTick_CLKSource)); - - if (SysTick_CLKSource == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) - { - SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK; - } - else - { - SysTick->CTRL &= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SysTick_SetReload -* Description : Sets SysTick Reload value. -* Input : - Reload: SysTick Reload new value. -* This parameter must be a number between 1 and 0xFFFFFF. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SysTick_SetReload(u32 Reload) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_RELOAD(Reload)); - - SysTick->LOAD = Reload; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SysTick_CounterCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the SysTick counter. -* Input : - SysTick_Counter: new state of the SysTick counter. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SysTick_Counter_Disable: Disable counter -* - SysTick_Counter_Enable: Enable counter -* - SysTick_Counter_Clear: Clear counter value to 0 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SysTick_CounterCmd(u32 SysTick_Counter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_COUNTER(SysTick_Counter)); - - if (SysTick_Counter == SysTick_Counter_Enable) - { - SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_Counter_Enable; - } - else if (SysTick_Counter == SysTick_Counter_Disable) - { - SysTick->CTRL &= SysTick_Counter_Disable; - } - else /* SysTick_Counter == SysTick_Counter_Clear */ - { - SysTick->VAL = SysTick_Counter_Clear; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SysTick_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the SysTick Interrupt. -* Input : - NewState: new state of the SysTick Interrupt. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void SysTick_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - SysTick->CTRL |= CTRL_TICKINT_Set; - } - else - { - SysTick->CTRL &= CTRL_TICKINT_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SysTick_GetCounter -* Description : Gets SysTick counter value. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : SysTick current value -*******************************************************************************/ -u32 SysTick_GetCounter(void) -{ - return(SysTick->VAL); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : SysTick_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified SysTick flag is set or not. -* Input : - SysTick_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - SysTick_FLAG_COUNT -* - SysTick_FLAG_SKEW -* - SysTick_FLAG_NOREF -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus SysTick_GetFlagStatus(u8 SysTick_FLAG) -{ - u32 statusreg = 0, tmp = 0 ; - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_FLAG(SysTick_FLAG)); - - /* Get the SysTick register index */ - tmp = SysTick_FLAG >> 3; - - if (tmp == 2) /* The flag to check is in CTRL register */ - { - statusreg = SysTick->CTRL; - } - else /* The flag to check is in CALIB register */ - { - statusreg = SysTick->CALIB; - } - - if ((statusreg & ((u32)1 << SysTick_FLAG)) != (u32)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_tim.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_tim.c deleted file mode 100644 index ca971e2..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_tim.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3219 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_tim.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the TIM firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_tim.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */ -#define CR1_CEN_Set ((u16)0x0001) -#define CR1_CEN_Reset ((u16)0x03FE) -#define CR1_UDIS_Set ((u16)0x0002) -#define CR1_UDIS_Reset ((u16)0x03FD) -#define CR1_URS_Set ((u16)0x0004) -#define CR1_URS_Reset ((u16)0x03FB) -#define CR1_OPM_Reset ((u16)0x03F7) -#define CR1_CounterMode_Mask ((u16)0x038F) -#define CR1_ARPE_Set ((u16)0x0080) -#define CR1_ARPE_Reset ((u16)0x037F) -#define CR1_CKD_Mask ((u16)0x00FF) - -#define CR2_CCPC_Set ((u16)0x0001) -#define CR2_CCPC_Reset ((u16)0xFFFE) -#define CR2_CCUS_Set ((u16)0x0004) -#define CR2_CCUS_Reset ((u16)0xFFFB) -#define CR2_CCDS_Set ((u16)0x0008) -#define CR2_CCDS_Reset ((u16)0xFFF7) -#define CR2_MMS_Mask ((u16)0xFF8F) -#define CR2_TI1S_Set ((u16)0x0080) -#define CR2_TI1S_Reset ((u16)0xFF7F) -#define CR2_OIS1_Reset ((u16)0x7EFF) -#define CR2_OIS1N_Reset ((u16)0x7DFF) -#define CR2_OIS2_Reset ((u16)0x7BFF) -#define CR2_OIS2N_Reset ((u16)0x77FF) -#define CR2_OIS3_Reset ((u16)0x6FFF) -#define CR2_OIS3N_Reset ((u16)0x5FFF) -#define CR2_OIS4_Reset ((u16)0x3FFF) - -#define SMCR_SMS_Mask ((u16)0xFFF8) -#define SMCR_ETR_Mask ((u16)0x00FF) -#define SMCR_TS_Mask ((u16)0xFF8F) -#define SMCR_MSM_Reset ((u16)0xFF7F) -#define SMCR_ECE_Set ((u16)0x4000) - -#define CCMR_CC13S_Mask ((u16)0xFFFC) -#define CCMR_CC24S_Mask ((u16)0xFCFF) -#define CCMR_TI13Direct_Set ((u16)0x0001) -#define CCMR_TI24Direct_Set ((u16)0x0100) -#define CCMR_OC13FE_Reset ((u16)0xFFFB) -#define CCMR_OC24FE_Reset ((u16)0xFBFF) -#define CCMR_OC13PE_Reset ((u16)0xFFF7) -#define CCMR_OC24PE_Reset ((u16)0xF7FF) -#define CCMR_OC13M_Mask ((u16)0xFF8F) -#define CCMR_OC24M_Mask ((u16)0x8FFF) - -#define CCMR_OC13CE_Reset ((u16)0xFF7F) -#define CCMR_OC24CE_Reset ((u16)0x7FFF) - -#define CCMR_IC13PSC_Mask ((u16)0xFFF3) -#define CCMR_IC24PSC_Mask ((u16)0xF3FF) -#define CCMR_IC13F_Mask ((u16)0xFF0F) -#define CCMR_IC24F_Mask ((u16)0x0FFF) - -#define CCMR_Offset ((u16)0x0018) -#define CCER_CCE_Set ((u16)0x0001) -#define CCER_CCNE_Set ((u16)0x0004) - -#define CCER_CC1P_Reset ((u16)0xFFFD) -#define CCER_CC2P_Reset ((u16)0xFFDF) -#define CCER_CC3P_Reset ((u16)0xFDFF) -#define CCER_CC4P_Reset ((u16)0xDFFF) - -#define CCER_CC1NP_Reset ((u16)0xFFF7) -#define CCER_CC2NP_Reset ((u16)0xFF7F) -#define CCER_CC3NP_Reset ((u16)0xF7FF) - -#define CCER_CC1E_Set ((u16)0x0001) -#define CCER_CC1E_Reset ((u16)0xFFFE) - -#define CCER_CC1NE_Reset ((u16)0xFFFB) - -#define CCER_CC2E_Set ((u16)0x0010) -#define CCER_CC2E_Reset ((u16)0xFFEF) - -#define CCER_CC2NE_Reset ((u16)0xFFBF) - -#define CCER_CC3E_Set ((u16)0x0100) -#define CCER_CC3E_Reset ((u16)0xFEFF) - -#define CCER_CC3NE_Reset ((u16)0xFBFF) - -#define CCER_CC4E_Set ((u16)0x1000) -#define CCER_CC4E_Reset ((u16)0xEFFF) - -#define BDTR_MOE_Set ((u16)0x8000) -#define BDTR_MOE_Reset ((u16)0x7FFF) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ICPolarity, u16 TIM_ICSelection, - u16 TIM_ICFilter); -static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ICPolarity, u16 TIM_ICSelection, - u16 TIM_ICFilter); -static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ICPolarity, u16 TIM_ICSelection, - u16 TIM_ICFilter); -static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ICPolarity, u16 TIM_ICSelection, - u16 TIM_ICFilter); -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - switch (*(u32*)&TIMx) - { - case TIM1_BASE: - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, DISABLE); - break; - - case TIM2_BASE: - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE); - break; - - case TIM3_BASE: - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE); - break; - - case TIM4_BASE: - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE); - break; - - case TIM5_BASE: - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, DISABLE); - break; - - case TIM6_BASE: - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE); - break; - - case TIM7_BASE: - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE); - break; - - case TIM8_BASE: - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, DISABLE); - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_TimeBaseInit -* Description : Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to -* the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef -* structure that contains the configuration information for -* the specified TIM peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision)); - - /* Select the Counter Mode and set the clock division */ - TIMx->CR1 &= CR1_CKD_Mask & CR1_CounterMode_Mask; - TIMx->CR1 |= (u32)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision | - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode; - /* Set the Autoreload value */ - TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ; - - /* Set the Prescaler value */ - TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler; - - /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler value immediatly */ - TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate; - - if (((*(u32*)&TIMx) == TIM1_BASE) || ((*(u32*)&TIMx) == TIM8_BASE)) - { - /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ - TIMx->RCR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC1Init -* Description : Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified -* parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure -* that contains the configuration information for the specified -* TIM peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) -{ - u16 tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); - - /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= CCER_CC1E_Reset; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= CCMR_OC13M_Mask; - - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC1P_Reset; - - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity; - - /* Set the Output State */ - tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; - - if((*(u32*)&TIMx == TIM1_BASE) || (*(u32*)&TIMx == TIM8_BASE)) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC1NP_Reset; - - /* Set the Output N Polarity */ - tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity; - - /* Reset the Output N State */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC1NE_Reset; - - /* Set the Output N State */ - tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState; - - /* Reset the Ouput Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= CR2_OIS1_Reset; - tmpcr2 &= CR2_OIS1N_Reset; - - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState; - - /* Set the Output N Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState; - } - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC2Init -* Description : Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified -* parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure -* that contains the configuration information for the specified -* TIM peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) -{ - u16 tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); - - /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= CCER_CC2E_Reset; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= CCMR_OC24M_Mask; - - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC2P_Reset; - - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4); - - /* Set the Output State */ - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4); - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; - - if((*(u32*)&TIMx == TIM1_BASE) || (*(u32*)&TIMx == TIM8_BASE)) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC2NP_Reset; - - /* Set the Output N Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); - - /* Reset the Output N State */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC2NE_Reset; - - /* Set the Output N State */ - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 4); - - /* Reset the Ouput Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= CR2_OIS2_Reset; - tmpcr2 &= CR2_OIS2N_Reset; - - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 2); - - /* Set the Output N Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 2); - } - - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC3Init -* Description : Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified -* parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure -* that contains the configuration information for the specified -* TIM peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) -{ - u16 tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); - - /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= CCER_CC3E_Reset; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= CCMR_OC13M_Mask; - - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC3P_Reset; - - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8); - - /* Set the Output State */ - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8); - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; - - if((*(u32*)&TIMx == TIM1_BASE) || (*(u32*)&TIMx == TIM8_BASE)) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC3NP_Reset; - - /* Set the Output N Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); - - /* Reset the Output N State */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC3NE_Reset; - - /* Set the Output N State */ - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 8); - - /* Reset the Ouput Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= CR2_OIS3_Reset; - tmpcr2 &= CR2_OIS3N_Reset; - - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 4); - - /* Set the Output N Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 4); - } - - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC4Init -* Description : Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified -* parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure -* that contains the configuration information for the specified -* TIM peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) -{ - u16 tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); - - /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC4E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= CCER_CC4E_Reset; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= CCMR_OC24M_Mask; - - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC4P_Reset; - - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12); - - /* Set the Output State */ - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12); - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; - - if((*(u32*)&TIMx == TIM1_BASE) || (*(u32*)&TIMx == TIM8_BASE)) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Ouput Compare IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= CR2_OIS4_Reset; - - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (u16)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 6); - } - - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ICInit -* Description : Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the TIM_ICInitStruct. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure -* that contains the configuration information for the specified -* TIM peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter)); - - if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) - { - /* TI1 Configuration */ - TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - } - else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2) - { - /* TI2 Configuration */ - TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - } - else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3) - { - /* TI3 Configuration */ - TI3_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - } - else - { - /* TI4 Configuration */ - TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_PWMIConfig -* Description : Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM -* signal. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure -* that contains the configuration information for the specified -* TIM peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) -{ - u16 icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; - u16 icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */ - if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) - { - icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling; - } - else - { - icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; - } - - /* Select the Opposite Input */ - if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) - { - icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI; - } - else - { - icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; - } - - if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) - { - /* TI1 Configuration */ - TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - - /* TI2 Configuration */ - TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - } - else - { - /* TI2 Configuration */ - TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - - /* TI1 Configuration */ - TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); - - /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ - TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_BDTRConfig -* Description : Configures the: Break feature, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI, -* the OSSR State and the AOE(automatic output enable). -* Input :- TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM -* - TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef -* structure that contains the BDTR Register configuration -* information for the TIM peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_18_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput)); - - /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Ploarity, the OSSR State, - the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ - - TIMx->BDTR = (u32)TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState | - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime | - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity | - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput; - -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_TimeBaseStructInit -* Description : Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef -* structure which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) -{ - /* Set the default configuration */ - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFF; - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000; - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1; - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up; - TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter = 0x0000; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OCStructInit -* Description : Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - TIM_OCInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure -* which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) -{ - /* Set the default configuration */ - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState = TIM_OutputNState_Disable; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x0000; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState = TIM_OCIdleState_Reset; - TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ICStructInit -* Description : Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - TIM_ICInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure -* which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) -{ - /* Set the default configuration */ - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1; - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; - TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_BDTRStructInit -* Description : Fills each TIM_BDTRInitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - TIM_BDTRInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef -* structure which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct) -{ - /* Set the default configuration */ - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState = TIM_OSSRState_Disable; - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState = TIM_OSSIState_Disable; - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel = TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF; - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime = 0x00; - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break = TIM_Break_Disable; - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity = TIM_BreakPolarity_Low; - TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput = TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_Cmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIMx peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the TIM Counter */ - TIMx->CR1 |= CR1_CEN_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the TIM Counter */ - TIMx->CR1 &= CR1_CEN_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs -* Description : Enables or disables the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. -* Input :- TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_18_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the TIM Main Output */ - TIMx->BDTR |= BDTR_MOE_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the TIM Main Output */ - TIMx->BDTR &= BDTR_MOE_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIMx peripheral. -* - TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled -* or disabled. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source -* - NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIPH_IT((TIMx), (TIM_IT))); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ - TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ - TIMx->DIER &= (u16)~TIM_IT; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_GenerateEvent -* Description : Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source. -* This parameter can be one or more of the following values: -* - TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source -* - TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source -* - TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source -* - TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source -* - TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source -* - TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_EventSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIPH_EVENT((TIMx), (TIM_EventSource))); - - /* Set the event sources */ - TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_DMAConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx’s DMA interface. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_DMABase_CR, TIM_DMABase_CR2, TIM_DMABase_SMCR, -* TIM_DMABase_DIER, TIM1_DMABase_SR, TIM_DMABase_EGR, -* TIM_DMABase_CCMR1, TIM_DMABase_CCMR2, TIM_DMABase_CCER, -* TIM_DMABase_CNT, TIM_DMABase_PSC, TIM_DMABase_ARR, -* TIM_DMABase_RCR, TIM_DMABase_CCR1, TIM_DMABase_CCR2, -* TIM_DMABase_CCR3, TIM_DMABase_CCR4, TIM_DMABase_BDTR, -* TIM_DMABase_DCR. -* - TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length. -* This parameter can be one value between: -* TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_DMABase, u16 TIM_DMABurstLength) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength)); - - /* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */ - TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_DMACmd -* Description : Enables or disables the TIMx’s DMA Requests. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_DMASources: specifies the DMA Request sources. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source -* - TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source -* - TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source -* - TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source -* - TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source -* - TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source -* - TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source -* - NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIPH_DMA(TIMx, TIM_DMASource)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the DMA sources */ - TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource; - } - else - { - /* Disable the DMA sources */ - TIMx->DIER &= (u16)~TIM_DMASource; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_InternalClockConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx interrnal Clock -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ - TIMx->SMCR &= SMCR_SMS_Mask; -} -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ITRSource: Trigger source. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 -* - TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 -* - TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 -* - TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_InputTriggerSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); - - /* Select the Internal Trigger */ - TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource); - - /* Select the External clock mode1 */ - TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; -} -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector -* - TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1 -* - TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2 -* - TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity. -* This parameter can be: -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Rising -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Falling -* - ICFilter : specifies the filter value. -* This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, - u16 TIM_ICPolarity, u16 ICFilter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TIXCLK_SOURCE(TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter)); - - /* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */ - if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2) - { - TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); - } - else - { - TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); - } - - /* Select the Trigger source */ - TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource); - - /* Select the External clock mode1 */ - TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ETRClockMode1Config -* Description : Configures the External clock Mode1 -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. -* It can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF -* - TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 -* - TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 -* - TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8. -* - TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. -* It can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted -* - TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted -* - ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. -* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, u16 TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, - u16 ExtTRGFilter) -{ - u16 tmpsmcr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); - - /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ - TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); - - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; - - /* Reset the SMS Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= SMCR_SMS_Mask; - /* Select the External clock mode1 */ - tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; - - /* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */ - tmpsmcr &= SMCR_TS_Mask; - tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF; - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ETRClockMode2Config -* Description : Configures the External clock Mode2 -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. -* It can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF -* - TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 -* - TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 -* - TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8 -* - TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. -* It can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted -* - TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted -* - ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. -* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, - u16 TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, u16 ExtTRGFilter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); - - /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ - TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); - - /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ - TIMx->SMCR |= SMCR_ECE_Set; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ETRConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF -* - TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 -* - TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 -* - TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8 -* - TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted -* - TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted -* - ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. -* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, u16 TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, - u16 ExtTRGFilter) -{ - u16 tmpsmcr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); - - tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; - - /* Reset the ETR Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_Mask; - - /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ - tmpsmcr |= TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (u16)(ExtTRGFilter << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_PrescalerConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx Prescaler. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value -* - TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at -* the update event. -* - TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded -* immediatly. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 Prescaler, u16 TIM_PSCReloadMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode)); - - /* Set the Prescaler value */ - TIMx->PSC = Prescaler; - - /* Set or reset the UG Bit */ - TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_CounterModeConfig -* Description : Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode -* - TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode -* - TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1 -* - TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2 -* - TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_CounterMode) -{ - u16 tmpcr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode)); - - tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; - - /* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */ - tmpcr1 &= CR1_CounterMode_Mask; - - /* Set the Counter Mode */ - tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode; - - /* Write to TIMx CR1 register */ - TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SelectInputTrigger -* Description : Selects the Input Trigger source -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 -* - TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 -* - TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 -* - TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 -* - TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector -* - TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 -* - TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 -* - TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_InputTriggerSource) -{ - u16 tmpsmcr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); - - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; - - /* Reset the TS Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= SMCR_TS_Mask; - - /* Set the Input Trigger source */ - tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource; - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge -* depending on TI2FP2 level. -* - TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge -* depending on TI1FP1 level. -* - TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and -* TI2FP2 edges depending on the level of the other input. -* - TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity -* This parmeter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. -* - TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity -* This parmeter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_EncoderMode, - u16 TIM_IC1Polarity, u16 TIM_IC2Polarity) -{ - u16 tmpsmcr = 0; - u16 tmpccmr1 = 0; - u16 tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity)); - - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set the encoder Mode */ - tmpsmcr &= SMCR_SMS_Mask; - tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode; - - /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ - tmpccmr1 &= CCMR_CC13S_Mask & CCMR_CC24S_Mask; - tmpccmr1 |= CCMR_TI13Direct_Set | CCMR_TI24Direct_Set; - - /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC1P_Reset & CCER_CC2P_Reset; - tmpccer |= (TIM_IC1Polarity | (u16)(TIM_IC2Polarity << 4)); - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ForcedOC1Config -* Description : Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to -* the output waveform. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF -* - TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on -* OC1REF. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ForcedAction) -{ - u16 tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); - - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ - tmpccmr1 &= CCMR_OC13M_Mask; - - /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ForcedOC2Config -* Description : Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to -* the output waveform. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF -* - TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on -* OC2REF. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ForcedAction) -{ - u16 tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); - - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ - tmpccmr1 &= CCMR_OC24M_Mask; - - /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ - tmpccmr1 |= (u16)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ForcedOC3Config -* Description : Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to -* the output waveform. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF -* - TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on -* OC3REF. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ForcedAction) -{ - u16 tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); - - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ - tmpccmr2 &= CCMR_OC13M_Mask; - - /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ - tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ForcedOC4Config -* Description : Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to -* the output waveform. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF -* - TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on -* OC4REF. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ForcedAction) -{ - u16 tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ - tmpccmr2 &= CCMR_OC24M_Mask; - - /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ - tmpccmr2 |= (u16)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ARRPreloadConfig -* Description : Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the ARR Preload Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 |= CR1_ARPE_Set; - } - else - { - /* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 &= CR1_ARPE_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SelectCOM -* Description : Selects the TIM peripheral Commutation event. -* Input :- TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral -* - NewState: new state of the Commutation event. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_18_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the COM Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 |= CR2_CCUS_Set; - } - else - { - /* Reset the COM Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 &= CR2_CCUS_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SelectCCDMA -* Description : Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the CCDS Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 |= CR2_CCDS_Set; - } - else - { - /* Reset the CCDS Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 &= CR2_CCDS_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_CCPreloadControl -* Description : Sets or Resets the TIM peripheral Capture Compare Preload -* Control bit. -* Input :- TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral -* - NewState: new state of the Capture Compare Preload Control bit -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_18_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the CCPC Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 |= CR2_CCPC_Set; - } - else - { - /* Reset the CCPC Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 &= CR2_CCPC_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC1PreloadConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload -* register -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCPreload_Enable -* - TIM_OCPreload_Disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCPreload) -{ - u16 tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); - - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC1PE Bit */ - tmpccmr1 &= CCMR_OC13PE_Reset; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC2PreloadConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload -* register -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCPreload_Enable -* - TIM_OCPreload_Disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCPreload) -{ - u16 tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); - - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC2PE Bit */ - tmpccmr1 &= CCMR_OC24PE_Reset; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ - tmpccmr1 |= (u16)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC3PreloadConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload -* register -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCPreload_Enable -* - TIM_OCPreload_Disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCPreload) -{ - u16 tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); - - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC3PE Bit */ - tmpccmr2 &= CCMR_OC13PE_Reset; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ - tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC4PreloadConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload -* register -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCPreload_Enable -* - TIM_OCPreload_Disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCPreload) -{ - u16 tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); - - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC4PE Bit */ - tmpccmr2 &= CCMR_OC24PE_Reset; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ - tmpccmr2 |= (u16)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC1FastConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable -* - TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCFast) -{ - u16 tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC1FE Bit */ - tmpccmr1 &= CCMR_OC13FE_Reset; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC2FastConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable -* - TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCFast) -{ - u16 tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC2FE Bit */ - tmpccmr1 &= CCMR_OC24FE_Reset; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ - tmpccmr1 |= (u16)(TIM_OCFast << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC3FastConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable -* - TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCFast) -{ - u16 tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC3FE Bit */ - tmpccmr2 &= CCMR_OC13FE_Reset; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ - tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC4FastConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable -* - TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCFast) -{ - u16 tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC4FE Bit */ - tmpccmr2 &= CCMR_OC24FE_Reset; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ - tmpccmr2 |= (u16)(TIM_OCFast << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ClearOC1Ref -* Description : Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable -* - TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCClear) -{ - u16 tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); - - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC1CE Bit */ - tmpccmr1 &= CCMR_OC13CE_Reset; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ClearOC2Ref -* Description : Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable -* - TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCClear) -{ - u16 tmpccmr1 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); - - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the OC2CE Bit */ - tmpccmr1 &= CCMR_OC24CE_Reset; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ - tmpccmr1 |= (u16)(TIM_OCClear << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ClearOC3Ref -* Description : Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable -* - TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCClear) -{ - u16 tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); - - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC3CE Bit */ - tmpccmr2 &= CCMR_OC13CE_Reset; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ - tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ClearOC4Ref -* Description : Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable -* - TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCClear) -{ - u16 tmpccmr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); - - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the OC4CE Bit */ - tmpccmr2 &= CCMR_OC24CE_Reset; - - /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ - tmpccmr2 |= (u16)(TIM_OCClear << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC1PolarityConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity -* This parmeter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high -* - TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCPolarity) -{ - u16 tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC1P_Reset; - tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx Channel 1N polarity. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC1N Polarity -* This parmeter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high -* - TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCNPolarity) -{ - u16 tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_18_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC1NP Bit */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC1NP_Reset; - tmpccer |= TIM_OCNPolarity; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC2PolarityConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity -* This parmeter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high -* - TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCPolarity) -{ - u16 tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC2P_Reset; - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCPolarity << 4); - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx Channel 2N polarity. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC2N Polarity -* This parmeter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high -* - TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCNPolarity) -{ - u16 tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_18_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC2NP Bit */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC2NP_Reset; - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC3PolarityConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity -* This parmeter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high -* - TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCPolarity) -{ - u16 tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC3P_Reset; - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCPolarity << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx Channel 3N polarity. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC3N Polarity -* This parmeter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high -* - TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCNPolarity) -{ - u16 tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_18_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC3NP Bit */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC3NP_Reset; - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_OC4PolarityConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity -* This parmeter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high -* - TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OCPolarity) -{ - u16 tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); - - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC4P_Reset; - tmpccer |= (u16)(TIM_OCPolarity << 12); - - /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_CCxCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel -* This parmeter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 -* - TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 -* - TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 -* - TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 -* - TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. -* This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_Channel, u16 TIM_CCx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx)); - - /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (u16)(~((u16)(CCER_CCE_Set << TIM_Channel))); - - /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER |= (u16)(TIM_CCx << TIM_Channel); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_CCxNCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. -* Input :- TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel -* This parmeter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 -* - TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 -* - TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 -* - TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. -* This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_Enable or TIM_CCxN_Disable. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_Channel, u16 TIM_CCxN) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_18_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN(TIM_CCxN)); - - /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (u16)(~((u16)(CCER_CCNE_Set << TIM_Channel))); - - /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER |= (u16)(TIM_CCxN << TIM_Channel); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SelectOCxM -* Description : Selects the TIM Ouput Compare Mode. -* This function disables the selected channel before changing -* the Ouput Compare Mode. User has to enable this channel using -* TIM_CCxCmd and TIM_CCxNCmd functions. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel -* This parmeter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 -* - TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 -* - TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 -* - TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 -* - TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode. -* This paramter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OCMode_Timing -* - TIM_OCMode_Active -* - TIM_OCMode_Toggle -* - TIM_OCMode_PWM1 -* - TIM_OCMode_PWM2 -* - TIM_ForcedAction_Active -* - TIM_ForcedAction_InActive -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_Channel, u16 TIM_OCMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode)); - - /* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= (u16)(~((u16)(CCER_CCE_Set << TIM_Channel))); - - if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)) - { - /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ - *((vu32 *)((*(u32*)&TIMx) + CCMR_Offset + (TIM_Channel>>1))) &= CCMR_OC13M_Mask; - - /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ - *((vu32 *)((*(u32*)&TIMx) + CCMR_Offset + (TIM_Channel>>1))) = TIM_OCMode; - - } - else - { - /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ - *((vu32 *)((*(u32*)&TIMx) + CCMR_Offset + ((u16)(TIM_Channel - 4)>> 1))) &= CCMR_OC24M_Mask; - - /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ - *((vu32 *)((*(u32*)&TIMx) + CCMR_Offset + ((u16)(TIM_Channel - 4)>> 1))) = (u16)(TIM_OCMode << 8); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_UpdateDisableConfig -* Description : Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the Update Disable Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 |= CR1_UDIS_Set; - } - else - { - /* Reset the Update Disable Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 &= CR1_UDIS_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_UpdateRequestConfig -* Description : Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_UpdateSource_Regular -* - TIM_UpdateSource_Global -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_UpdateSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource)); - - if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global) - { - /* Set the URS Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 |= CR1_URS_Set; - } - else - { - /* Reset the URS Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 &= CR1_URS_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SelectHallSensor -* Description : Enables or disables the TIMx’s Hall sensor interface. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Set the TI1S Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 |= CR2_TI1S_Set; - } - else - { - /* Reset the TI1S Bit */ - TIMx->CR2 &= CR2_TI1S_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SelectOnePulseMode -* Description : Selects the TIMx’s One Pulse Mode. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_OPMode_Single -* - TIM_OPMode_Repetitive -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_OPMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode)); - - /* Reset the OPM Bit */ - TIMx->CR1 &= CR1_OPM_Reset; - - /* Configure the OPM Mode */ - TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SelectOutputTrigger -* Description : Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source. -* This paramter can be as follow: -* 1/ For TIM1 to TIM8: -* - TIM_TRGOSource_Reset -* - TIM_TRGOSource_Enable -* - TIM_TRGOSource_Update -* 2/ These parameters are available for all TIMx except -* TIM6 and TIM7: -* - TIM_TRGOSource_OC1 -* - TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref -* - TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref -* - TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref -* - TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_TRGOSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIPH_TRGO(TIMx, TIM_TRGOSource)); - - /* Reset the MMS Bits */ - TIMx->CR2 &= CR2_MMS_Mask; - - /* Select the TRGO source */ - TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGOSource; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SelectSlaveMode -* Description : Selects the TIMx Slave Mode. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode. -* This paramter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_SlaveMode_Reset -* - TIM_SlaveMode_Gated -* - TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger -* - TIM_SlaveMode_External1 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_SlaveMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode)); - - /* Reset the SMS Bits */ - TIMx->SMCR &= SMCR_SMS_Mask; - - /* Select the Slave Mode */ - TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode -* Description : Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode. -* This paramter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the -* current timer and its slaves (through TRGO). -* - TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_MasterSlaveMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode)); - - /* Reset the MSM Bit */ - TIMx->SMCR &= SMCR_MSM_Reset; - - /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ - TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SetCounter -* Description : Sets the TIMx Counter Register value -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - Counter: specifies the Counter register new value. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 Counter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Set the Counter Register value */ - TIMx->CNT = Counter; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SetAutoreload -* Description : Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 Autoreload) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Set the Autoreload Register value */ - TIMx->ARR = Autoreload; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SetCompare1 -* Description : Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 Compare1) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */ - TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SetCompare2 -* Description : Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value -* Input : TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 Compare2) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */ - TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SetCompare3 -* Description : Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value -* Input : TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 Compare3) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */ - TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SetCompare4 -* Description : Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value -* Input : TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 Compare4) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */ - TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SetIC1Prescaler -* Description : Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler -* new value. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ICPSC) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); - - /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ - TIMx->CCMR1 &= CCMR_IC13PSC_Mask; - - /* Set the IC1PSC value */ - TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SetIC2Prescaler -* Description : Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler -* new value. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ICPSC) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); - - /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ - TIMx->CCMR1 &= CCMR_IC24PSC_Mask; - - /* Set the IC2PSC value */ - TIMx->CCMR1 |= (u16)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SetIC3Prescaler -* Description : Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler -* new value. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ICPSC) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); - - /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ - TIMx->CCMR2 &= CCMR_IC13PSC_Mask; - - /* Set the IC3PSC value */ - TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SetIC4Prescaler -* Description : Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler -* new value. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events -* - TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ICPSC) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); - - /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ - TIMx->CCMR2 &= CCMR_IC24PSC_Mask; - - /* Set the IC4PSC value */ - TIMx->CCMR2 |= (u16)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_SetClockDivision -* Description : Sets the TIMx Clock Division value. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value. -* This parameter can be one of the following value: -* - TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim -* - TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim -* - TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_CKD) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD)); - - /* Reset the CKD Bits */ - TIMx->CR1 &= CR1_CKD_Mask; - - /* Set the CKD value */ - TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD; -} -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_GetCapture1 -* Description : Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value. -* Input : TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : Capture Compare 1 Register value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Get the Capture 1 Register value */ - return TIMx->CCR1; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_GetCapture2 -* Description : Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value. -* Input : TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : Capture Compare 2 Register value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Get the Capture 2 Register value */ - return TIMx->CCR2; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_GetCapture3 -* Description : Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value. -* Input : TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : Capture Compare 3 Register value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Get the Capture 3 Register value */ - return TIMx->CCR3; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_GetCapture4 -* Description : Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value. -* Input : TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : Capture Compare 4 Register value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_123458_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Get the Capture 4 Register value */ - return TIMx->CCR4; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_GetCounter -* Description : Gets the TIMx Counter value. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : Counter Register value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Get the Counter Register value */ - return TIMx->CNT; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_GetPrescaler -* Description : Gets the TIMx Prescaler value. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : Prescaler Register value. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - - /* Get the Prescaler Register value */ - return TIMx->PSC; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 overcapture Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 overcapture Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 overcapture Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 overcapture Flag -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_FLAG) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIPH_FLAG(TIMx, TIM_FLAG)); - - if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != (u16)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the TIMx's pending flags. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 overcapture Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 overcapture Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 overcapture Flag -* - TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 overcapture Flag -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(TIMx, TIM_FLAG)); - - /* Clear the flags */ - TIMx->SR = (u16)~TIM_FLAG; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt -* source -* - TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_IT) -{ - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - u16 itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIPH_IT(TIMx, TIM_IT)); - - itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT; - - itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT; - - if ((itstatus != (u16)RESET) && (itenable != (u16)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TIM_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1 to 8 to select the TIM peripheral. -* - TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - TIM_IT_Update: TIM1 update Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt -* source -* - TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source -* - TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_IT) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_PERIPH_IT(TIMx, TIM_IT)); - - /* Clear the IT pending Bit */ - TIMx->SR = (u16)~TIM_IT; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TI1_Config -* Description : Configure the TI1 as Input. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Rising -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Falling -* - TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to -* be connected to IC1. -* - TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to -* be connected to IC2. -* - TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be -* connected to TRC. -* - TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. -* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ICPolarity, u16 TIM_ICSelection, - u16 TIM_ICFilter) -{ - u16 tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= CCER_CC1E_Reset; - - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Select the Input and set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= CCMR_CC13S_Mask & CCMR_IC13F_Mask; - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection | (u16)(TIM_ICFilter << 4); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC1P_Reset; - tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity | CCER_CC1E_Set; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TI2_Config -* Description : Configure the TI2 as Input. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Rising -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Falling -* - TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to -* be connected to IC2. -* - TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to -* be connected to IC1. -* - TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be -* connected to TRC. -* - TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. -* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ICPolarity, u16 TIM_ICSelection, - u16 TIM_ICFilter) -{ - u16 tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= CCER_CC2E_Reset; - - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - tmp = (u16)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4); - - /* Select the Input and set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= CCMR_CC24S_Mask & CCMR_IC24F_Mask; - tmpccmr1 |= (u16)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); - tmpccmr1 |= (u16)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC2P_Reset; - tmpccer |= tmp | CCER_CC2E_Set; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TI3_Config -* Description : Configure the TI3 as Input. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Rising -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Falling -* - TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to -* be connected to IC3. -* - TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to -* be connected to IC4. -* - TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be -* connected to TRC. -* - TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. -* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ICPolarity, u16 TIM_ICSelection, - u16 TIM_ICFilter) -{ - u16 tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= CCER_CC3E_Reset; - - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - tmp = (u16)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8); - - /* Select the Input and set the filter */ - tmpccmr2 &= CCMR_CC13S_Mask & CCMR_IC13F_Mask; - tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection | (u16)(TIM_ICFilter << 4); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC3P_Reset; - tmpccer |= tmp | CCER_CC3E_Set; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : TI4_Config -* Description : Configure the TI1 as Input. -* Input : - TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM -* peripheral. -* - TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Rising -* - TIM_ICPolarity_Falling -* - TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to -* be connected to IC4. -* - TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to -* be connected to IC3. -* - TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be -* connected to TRC. -* - TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. -* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_ICPolarity, u16 TIM_ICSelection, - u16 TIM_ICFilter) -{ - u16 tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= CCER_CC4E_Reset; - - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - tmp = (u16)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12); - - /* Select the Input and set the filter */ - tmpccmr2 &= CCMR_CC24S_Mask & CCMR_IC24F_Mask; - tmpccmr2 |= (u16)(TIM_ICSelection << 8) | (u16)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ - tmpccer &= CCER_CC4P_Reset; - tmpccer |= tmp | CCER_CC4E_Set; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_usart.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_usart.c deleted file mode 100644 index baf9c47..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_usart.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1001 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_usart.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the USART firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_usart.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* USART UE Mask */ -#define CR1_UE_Set ((u16)0x2000) /* USART Enable Mask */ -#define CR1_UE_Reset ((u16)0xDFFF) /* USART Disable Mask */ - -/* USART WakeUp Method */ -#define CR1_WAKE_Mask ((u16)0xF7FF) /* USART WakeUp Method Mask */ - -/* USART RWU Mask */ -#define CR1_RWU_Set ((u16)0x0002) /* USART mute mode Enable Mask */ -#define CR1_RWU_Reset ((u16)0xFFFD) /* USART mute mode Enable Mask */ - -#define CR1_SBK_Set ((u16)0x0001) /* USART Break Character send Mask */ - -#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask ((u16)0xE9F3) /* USART CR1 Mask */ - -#define CR2_Address_Mask ((u16)0xFFF0) /* USART address Mask */ - -/* USART LIN Mask */ -#define CR2_LINEN_Set ((u16)0x4000) /* USART LIN Enable Mask */ -#define CR2_LINEN_Reset ((u16)0xBFFF) /* USART LIN Disable Mask */ - -/* USART LIN Break detection */ -#define CR2_LBDL_Mask ((u16)0xFFDF) /* USART LIN Break detection Mask */ - -#define CR2_STOP_CLEAR_Mask ((u16)0xCFFF) /* USART CR2 STOP Bits Mask */ -#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_Mask ((u16)0xF0FF) /* USART CR2 Clock Mask */ - -/* USART SC Mask */ -#define CR3_SCEN_Set ((u16)0x0020) /* USART SC Enable Mask */ -#define CR3_SCEN_Reset ((u16)0xFFDF) /* USART SC Disable Mask */ - -/* USART SC NACK Mask */ -#define CR3_NACK_Set ((u16)0x0010) /* USART SC NACK Enable Mask */ -#define CR3_NACK_Reset ((u16)0xFFEF) /* USART SC NACK Disable Mask */ - -/* USART Half-Duplex Mask */ -#define CR3_HDSEL_Set ((u16)0x0008) /* USART Half-Duplex Enable Mask */ -#define CR3_HDSEL_Reset ((u16)0xFFF7) /* USART Half-Duplex Disable Mask */ - -/* USART IrDA Mask */ -#define CR3_IRLP_Mask ((u16)0xFFFB) /* USART IrDA LowPower mode Mask */ - -#define CR3_CLEAR_Mask ((u16)0xFCFF) /* USART CR3 Mask */ - -/* USART IrDA Mask */ -#define CR3_IREN_Set ((u16)0x0002) /* USART IrDA Enable Mask */ -#define CR3_IREN_Reset ((u16)0xFFFD) /* USART IrDA Disable Mask */ - -#define GTPR_LSB_Mask ((u16)0x00FF) /* Guard Time Register LSB Mask */ -#define GTPR_MSB_Mask ((u16)0xFF00) /* Guard Time Register MSB Mask */ - -#define IT_Mask ((u16)0x001F) /* USART Interrupt Mask */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their -* default reset values. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - - switch (*(u32*)&USARTx) - { - case USART1_BASE: - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE); - RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE); - break; - - case USART2_BASE: - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE); - break; - - case USART3_BASE: - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE); - break; - - case UART4_BASE: - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, DISABLE); - break; - - case UART5_BASE: - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, DISABLE); - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_Init -* Description : Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified -* parameters in the USART_InitStruct . -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure -* that contains the configuration information for the -* specified USART peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0x00, apbclock = 0x00; - u32 integerdivider = 0x00; - u32 fractionaldivider = 0x00; - u32 usartxbase = 0; - RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); - assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits)); - assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity)); - assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode)); - assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl)); - /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2 and USART3 */ - assert_param(IS_USART_PERIPH_HFC(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl)); - - usartxbase = (*(u32*)&USARTx); - -/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; - /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ - tmpreg &= CR2_STOP_CLEAR_Mask; - - /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/ - /* Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */ - tmpreg |= (u32)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits; - - /* Write to USART CR2 */ - USARTx->CR2 = (u16)tmpreg; - -/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = USARTx->CR1; - /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ - tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask; - - /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode ----------------------- */ - /* Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value */ - /* Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value */ - /* Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */ - tmpreg |= (u32)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity | - USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode; - - /* Write to USART CR1 */ - USARTx->CR1 = (u16)tmpreg; - -/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = USARTx->CR3; - /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ - tmpreg &= CR3_CLEAR_Mask; - - /* Configure the USART HFC -------------------------------------------------*/ - /* Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */ - tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl; - - /* Write to USART CR3 */ - USARTx->CR3 = (u16)tmpreg; - -/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Configure the USART Baud Rate -------------------------------------------*/ - RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus); - if (usartxbase == USART1_BASE) - { - apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK2_Frequency; - } - else - { - apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK1_Frequency; - } - - /* Determine the integer part */ - integerdivider = ((0x19 * apbclock) / (0x04 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))); - tmpreg = (integerdivider / 0x64) << 0x04; - - /* Determine the fractional part */ - fractionaldivider = integerdivider - (0x64 * (tmpreg >> 0x04)); - tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 0x10) + 0x32) / 0x64)) & ((u8)0x0F); - - /* Write to USART BRR */ - USARTx->BRR = (u16)tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_StructInit -* Description : Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure -* which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) -{ - /* USART_InitStruct members default value */ - USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600; - USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b; - USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1; - USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ; - USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx; - USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_ClockInit -* Description : Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the -* specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct . -* Input : - USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral. -* Note: The Smart Card mode is not available for UART4 and UART5. -* - USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef -* structure that contains the configuration information for -* the specified USART peripheral. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock)); - assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL)); - assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA)); - assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit)); - -/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ - tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; - /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */ - tmpreg &= CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_Mask; - - /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/ - /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */ - /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */ - /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */ - /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */ - tmpreg |= (u32)USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL | - USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit; - - /* Write to USART CR2 */ - USARTx->CR2 = (u16)tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_ClockStructInit -* Description : Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value. -* Input : - USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef -* structure which will be initialized. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) -{ - /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */ - USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable; - USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low; - USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge; - USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_Cmd -* Description : Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* : - NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */ - USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_UE_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */ - USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_UE_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_ITConfig -* Description : Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be -* enabled or disabled. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for -* UART4 and UART5) -* - USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt -* - USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt -* - USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt -* - USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty -* interrupt -* - USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt -* - USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt -* - USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise -* error, overrun error) -* - NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u16 USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - u32 usartreg = 0x00, itpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00; - u32 usartxbase = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT)); - assert_param(IS_USART_PERIPH_IT(USARTx, USART_IT)); /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - usartxbase = (*(u32*)&(USARTx)); - - /* Get the USART register index */ - usartreg = (((u8)USART_IT) >> 0x05); - - /* Get the interrupt position */ - itpos = USART_IT & IT_Mask; - - itmask = (((u32)0x01) << itpos); - - if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ - { - usartxbase += 0x0C; - } - else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ - { - usartxbase += 0x10; - } - else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ - { - usartxbase += 0x14; - } - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - *(vu32*)usartxbase |= itmask; - } - else - { - *(vu32*)usartxbase &= ~itmask; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_DMACmd -* Description : Enables or disables the USART’s DMA interface. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3 or UART4. -* Note: The DMA mode is not available for UART5. -* - USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request -* - USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request -* - NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u16 USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_1234_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or - DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq; - } - else - { - /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or - DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 &= (u16)~USART_DMAReq; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_SetAddress -* Description : Sets the address of the USART node. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u8 USART_Address) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS(USART_Address)); - - /* Clear the USART address */ - USARTx->CR2 &= CR2_Address_Mask; - /* Set the USART address node */ - USARTx->CR2 |= USART_Address; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_WakeUpConfig -* Description : Selects the USART WakeUp method. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection -* - USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u16 USART_WakeUp) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp)); - - USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_WAKE_Mask; - USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd -* Description : Determines if the USART is in mute mode or not. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - NewState: new state of the USART mute mode. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ - USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_RWU_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ - USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_RWU_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig -* Description : Sets the USART LIN Break detection length. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break -* detection length. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection -* - USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u16 USART_LINBreakDetectLength) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength)); - - USARTx->CR2 &= CR2_LBDL_Mask; - USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_LINCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the USART’s LIN mode. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ - USARTx->CR2 |= CR2_LINEN_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ - USARTx->CR2 &= CR2_LINEN_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_SendData -* Description : Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - Data: the data to transmit. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u16 Data) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data)); - - /* Transmit Data */ - USARTx->DR = (Data & (u16)0x01FF); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_ReceiveData -* Description : Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* Output : None -* Return : The received data. -*******************************************************************************/ -u16 USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - - /* Receive Data */ - return (u16)(USARTx->DR & (u16)0x01FF); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_SendBreak -* Description : Transmits break characters. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - - /* Send break characters */ - USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_SBK_Set; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_SetGuardTime -* Description : Sets the specified USART guard time. -* Input : - USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the USART -* peripheral. -* Note: The guard time bits are not available for UART4 and UART5. -* - USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u8 USART_GuardTime) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); - - /* Clear the USART Guard time */ - USARTx->GTPR &= GTPR_LSB_Mask; - /* Set the USART guard time */ - USARTx->GTPR |= (u16)((u16)USART_GuardTime << 0x08); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_SetPrescaler -* Description : Sets the system clock prescaler. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* Note: The function is used for IrDA mode with UART4 and UART5. -* - USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u8 USART_Prescaler) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - - /* Clear the USART prescaler */ - USARTx->GTPR &= GTPR_MSB_Mask; - /* Set the USART prescaler */ - USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_SmartCardCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the USART’s Smart Card mode. -* Input : - USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the USART -* peripheral. -* Note: The Smart Card mode is not available for UART4 and UART5. -* - NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_SCEN_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_SCEN_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_SmartCardNACKCmd -* Description : Enables or disables NACK transmission. -* Input : - USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the USART -* peripheral. -* Note: The Smart Card mode is not available for UART4 and UART5. -* - NewState: new state of the NACK transmission. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_NACK_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_NACK_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_HalfDuplexCmd -* Description : Enables or disables the USART’s Half Duplex communication. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - NewState: new state of the USART Communication. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_HDSEL_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_HDSEL_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_IrDAConfig -* Description : Configures the USART’s IrDA interface. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART_IrDAMode_LowPower -* - USART_IrDAMode_Normal -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u16 USART_IrDAMode) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode)); - - USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_IRLP_Mask; - USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_IrDACmd -* Description : Enables or disables the USART’s IrDA interface. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - NewState: new state of the IrDA mode. -* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); - - if (NewState != DISABLE) - { - /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_IREN_Set; - } - else - { - /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ - USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_IREN_Reset; - } -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for -* UART4 and UART5) -* - USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag -* - USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag -* - USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag -* - USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag -* - USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag -* - USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag -* - USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag -* - USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag -* - USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u16 USART_FLAG) -{ - FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); - assert_param(IS_USART_PERIPH_FLAG(USARTx, USART_FLAG)); /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ - - if ((USARTx->SR & USART_FLAG) != (u16)RESET) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears the USARTx's pending flags. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. -* This parameter can be any combination of the following values: -* - USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for -* UART4 and UART5). -* - USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. -* - USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. -* - USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag. -* -* Notes: -* - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), -* ORE (OverRun error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) -* flags are cleared by software sequence: a read -* operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) -* followed by a read operation to USART_DR register -* (USART_ReceiveData()). -* - RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the -* USART_DR register (USART_ReceiveData()). -* - TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a -* read operation to USART_SR register -* (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation -* to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). -* - TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR -* register (USART_SendData()). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u16 USART_FLAG) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); - assert_param(IS_USART_PERIPH_FLAG(USARTx, USART_FLAG)); /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ - - USARTx->SR = (u16)~USART_FLAG; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_GetITStatus -* Description : Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for -* UART4 and UART5) -* - USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt -* - USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt -* - USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt -* - USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty -* interrupt -* - USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt -* - USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt -* - USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt -* - USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt -* - USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET). -*******************************************************************************/ -ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u16 USART_IT) -{ - u32 bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00, usartreg = 0x00; - ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT)); - assert_param(IS_USART_PERIPH_IT(USARTx, USART_IT)); /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ - - /* Get the USART register index */ - usartreg = (((u8)USART_IT) >> 0x05); - - /* Get the interrupt position */ - itmask = USART_IT & IT_Mask; - - itmask = (u32)0x01 << itmask; - - if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ - { - itmask &= USARTx->CR1; - } - else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ - { - itmask &= USARTx->CR2; - } - else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ - { - itmask &= USARTx->CR3; - } - - bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08; - - bitpos = (u32)0x01 << bitpos; - bitpos &= USARTx->SR; - - if ((itmask != (u16)RESET)&&(bitpos != (u16)RESET)) - { - bitstatus = SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = RESET; - } - - return bitstatus; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : USART_ClearITPendingBit -* Description : Clears the USARTx’s interrupt pending bits. -* Input : - USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. -* - USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for -* UART4 and UART5) -* - USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt -* - USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. -* - USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt. -* -* Notes: -* - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), -* ORE (OverRun error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) -* pending bits are cleared by software sequence: a read -* operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) -* followed by a read operation to USART_DR register -* (USART_ReceiveData()). -* - RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the -* USART_DR register (USART_ReceiveData()). -* - TC pending bit can be also cleared by software -* sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register -* (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation -* to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). -* - TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the -* USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, u16 USART_IT) -{ - u16 bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); - assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT)); - assert_param(IS_USART_PERIPH_IT(USARTx, USART_IT)); /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ - - bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08; - - itmask = (u16)((u16)0x01 << bitpos); - USARTx->SR = (u16)~itmask; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_wwdg.c b/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_wwdg.c deleted file mode 100644 index ac9882f..0000000 --- a/stm32lib/src/stm32f10x_wwdg.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics ******************** -* File Name : stm32f10x_wwdg.c -* Author : MCD Application Team -* Version : V2.0.2 -* Date : 07/11/2008 -* Description : This file provides all the WWDG firmware functions. -******************************************************************************** -* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS -* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. -* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, -* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE -* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING -* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. -*******************************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f10x_wwdg.h" -#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* ----------- WWDG registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ -#define WWDG_OFFSET (WWDG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) - -/* Alias word address of EWI bit */ -#define CFR_OFFSET (WWDG_OFFSET + 0x04) -#define EWI_BitNumber 0x09 -#define CFR_EWI_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWI_BitNumber * 4)) - -/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ------------------------ */ -/* CR register bit mask */ -#define CR_WDGA_Set ((u32)0x00000080) - -/* CFR register bit mask */ -#define CFR_WDGTB_Mask ((u32)0xFFFFFE7F) -#define CFR_W_Mask ((u32)0xFFFFFF80) - -#define BIT_Mask ((u8)0x7F) - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : WWDG_DeInit -* Description : Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default -* reset values. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void WWDG_DeInit(void) -{ - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE); - RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : WWDG_SetPrescaler -* Description : Sets the WWDG Prescaler. -* Input : - WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler. -* This parameter can be one of the following values: -* - WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1 -* - WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2 -* - WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4 -* - WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8 -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void WWDG_SetPrescaler(u32 WWDG_Prescaler) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler)); - - /* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */ - tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_Mask; - - /* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */ - tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler; - - /* Store the new value */ - WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : WWDG_SetWindowValue -* Description : Sets the WWDG window value. -* Input : - WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to -* the downcounter. -* This parameter value must be lower than 0x80. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void WWDG_SetWindowValue(u8 WindowValue) -{ - u32 tmpreg = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue)); - - /* Clear W[6:0] bits */ - tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_Mask; - - /* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */ - tmpreg |= WindowValue & BIT_Mask; - - /* Store the new value */ - WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : WWDG_EnableIT -* Description : Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI). -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void WWDG_EnableIT(void) -{ - *(vu32 *) CFR_EWI_BB = (u32)ENABLE; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : WWDG_SetCounter -* Description : Sets the WWDG counter value. -* Input : - Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. -* This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F. -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void WWDG_SetCounter(u8 Counter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); - - /* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do - a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */ - WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_Mask; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : WWDG_Enable -* Description : Enables WWDG and load the counter value. -* - Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. -* This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void WWDG_Enable(u8 Counter) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); - - WWDG->CR = CR_WDGA_Set | Counter; -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : WWDG_GetFlagStatus -* Description : Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET) -*******************************************************************************/ -FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void) -{ - return (FlagStatus)(WWDG->SR); -} - -/******************************************************************************* -* Function Name : WWDG_ClearFlag -* Description : Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag. -* Input : None -* Output : None -* Return : None -*******************************************************************************/ -void WWDG_ClearFlag(void) -{ - WWDG->SR = (u32)RESET; -} - -/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2008 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ -- cgit v1.2.3